ent

package
v1.0.1 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Apr 12, 2022 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 32 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// Operation types.
	OpCreate    = ent.OpCreate
	OpDelete    = ent.OpDelete
	OpDeleteOne = ent.OpDeleteOne
	OpUpdate    = ent.OpUpdate
	OpUpdateOne = ent.OpUpdateOne

	// Node types.
	TypeAccount = "Account"
	TypeBlob    = "Blob"
	TypeCar     = "Car"
	TypeDevice  = "Device"
	TypeDoc     = "Doc"
	TypeGroup   = "Group"
	TypeMixinID = "MixinID"
	TypeNote    = "Note"
	TypeOther   = "Other"
	TypePet     = "Pet"
	TypeSession = "Session"
	TypeToken   = "Token"
	TypeUser    = "User"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func IsConstraintError 

func IsConstraintError(err error) bool

IsConstraintError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a constraint failure.

func IsNotFound 

func IsNotFound(err error) bool

IsNotFound returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not found error.

func IsNotLoaded 

func IsNotLoaded(err error) bool

IsNotLoaded returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not loaded error.

func IsNotSingular 

func IsNotSingular(err error) bool

IsNotSingular returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not singular error.

func IsValidationError 

func IsValidationError(err error) bool

IsValidationError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a validation error.

func MaskNotFound 

func MaskNotFound(err error) error

MaskNotFound masks not found error.

func NewContext 

func NewContext(parent context.Context, c *Client) context.Context

NewContext returns a new context with the given Client attached.

func NewTxContext 

func NewTxContext(parent context.Context, tx *Tx) context.Context

NewTxContext returns a new context with the given Tx attached.

Types

type Account 

type Account struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Email holds the value of the "email" field.
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the AccountQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges AccountEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Account is the model entity for the Account schema.

func (*Account) QueryToken 

func (a *Account) QueryToken() *TokenQuery

QueryToken queries the "token" edge of the Account entity.

func (*Account) String 

func (a *Account) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Account) Unwrap 

func (a *Account) Unwrap() *Account

Unwrap unwraps the Account entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Account) Update 

func (a *Account) Update() *AccountUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Account. Note that you need to call Account.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Account was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type AccountClient 

type AccountClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountClient is a client for the Account schema.

func NewAccountClient 

func NewAccountClient(c config) *AccountClient

NewAccountClient returns a client for the Account from the given config.

func (*AccountClient) Create 

func (c *AccountClient) Create() *AccountCreate

Create returns a create builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *AccountClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*AccountCreate) *AccountCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Account entities.

func (*AccountClient) Delete 

func (c *AccountClient) Delete() *AccountDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *AccountClient) DeleteOne(a *Account) *AccountDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*AccountClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *AccountClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *AccountDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*AccountClient) Get 

func (c *AccountClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Account, error)

Get returns a Account entity by its id.

func (*AccountClient) GetX 

func (c *AccountClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Account

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountClient) Hooks 

func (c *AccountClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*AccountClient) Query 

func (c *AccountClient) Query() *AccountQuery

Query returns a query builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) QueryToken 

func (c *AccountClient) QueryToken(a *Account) *TokenQuery

QueryToken queries the token edge of a Account.

func (*AccountClient) Update 

func (c *AccountClient) Update() *AccountUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Account.

func (*AccountClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *AccountClient) UpdateOne(a *Account) *AccountUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*AccountClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *AccountClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*AccountClient) Use 

func (c *AccountClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `account.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type AccountCreate 

type AccountCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountCreate is the builder for creating a Account entity.

func (*AccountCreate) AddToken 

func (ac *AccountCreate) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountCreate

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountCreate) AddTokenIDs 

func (ac *AccountCreate) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountCreate

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountCreate) Exec 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountCreate) ExecX 

func (ac *AccountCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountCreate) Mutation 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountCreate) OnConflict 

func (ac *AccountCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *AccountUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Account.Create().
	SetEmail(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.AccountUpsert) {
		SetEmail(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (ac *AccountCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *AccountUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreate) Save 

func (ac *AccountCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Save creates the Account in the database.

func (*AccountCreate) SaveX 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Account

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*AccountCreate) SetEmail 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetEmail(s string) *AccountCreate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountCreate) SetID 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *AccountCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*AccountCreate) SetNillableID 

func (ac *AccountCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *AccountCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type AccountCreateBulk 

type AccountCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Account entities in bulk.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) Exec 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *AccountUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Account.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.AccountUpsert) {
		SetEmail(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *AccountUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountCreateBulk) Save 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Account, error)

Save creates the Account entities in the database.

func (*AccountCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (acb *AccountCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Account

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountDelete 

type AccountDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountDelete is the builder for deleting a Account entity.

func (*AccountDelete) Exec 

func (ad *AccountDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*AccountDelete) ExecX 

func (ad *AccountDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountDelete) Where 

func (ad *AccountDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountDelete builder.

type AccountDeleteOne 

type AccountDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Account entity.

func (*AccountDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ado *AccountDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*AccountDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ado *AccountDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountEdges 

type AccountEdges struct {
	// Token holds the value of the token edge.
	Token []*Token `json:"token,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (AccountEdges) TokenOrErr 

func (e AccountEdges) TokenOrErr() ([]*Token, error)

TokenOrErr returns the Token value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type AccountFilter 

type AccountFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for AccountQuery.

func (*AccountFilter) Where 

func (f *AccountFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereEmail 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereEmail(p entql.StringP)

WhereEmail applies the entql string predicate on the email field.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereHasToken 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereHasToken()

WhereHasToken applies a predicate to check if query has an edge token.

func (*AccountFilter) WhereHasTokenWith 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereHasTokenWith(preds ...predicate.Token)

WhereHasTokenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge token with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*AccountFilter) WhereID 

func (f *AccountFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type AccountGroupBy 

type AccountGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountGroupBy is the group-by builder for Account entities.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (agb *AccountGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *AccountGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Int 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Scan 

func (agb *AccountGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*AccountGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) String 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *AccountGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountMutation 

type AccountMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountMutation represents an operation that mutates the Account nodes in the graph.

func (*AccountMutation) AddField 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*AccountMutation) AddTokenIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by ids.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedField 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearField 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearToken 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearToken()

ClearToken clears the "token" edge to the Token entity.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *AccountMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (AccountMutation) Client 

func (m AccountMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*AccountMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *AccountMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Email 

func (m *AccountMutation) Email() (r string, exists bool)

Email returns the value of the "email" field in the mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Field 

func (m *AccountMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *AccountMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) Fields 

func (m *AccountMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*AccountMutation) Filter 

func (m *AccountMutation) Filter() *AccountFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the AccountMutation builder.

func (*AccountMutation) ID 

func (m *AccountMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*AccountMutation) IDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) OldEmail 

func (m *AccountMutation) OldEmail(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldEmail returns the old "email" field's value of the Account entity. If the Account object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*AccountMutation) OldField 

func (m *AccountMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*AccountMutation) Op 

func (m *AccountMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*AccountMutation) RemoveTokenIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID)

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*AccountMutation) RemovedTokenIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) RemovedTokenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

RemovedToken returns the removed IDs of the "token" edge to the Token entity.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetEmail 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetEmail()

ResetEmail resets all changes to the "email" field.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetField 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*AccountMutation) ResetToken 

func (m *AccountMutation) ResetToken()

ResetToken resets all changes to the "token" edge.

func (*AccountMutation) SetEmail 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetEmail(s string)

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountMutation) SetField 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*AccountMutation) SetID 

func (m *AccountMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Account entities.

func (*AccountMutation) TokenCleared 

func (m *AccountMutation) TokenCleared() bool

TokenCleared reports if the "token" edge to the Token entity was cleared.

func (*AccountMutation) TokenIDs 

func (m *AccountMutation) TokenIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

TokenIDs returns the "token" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (AccountMutation) Tx 

func (m AccountMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*AccountMutation) Type 

func (m *AccountMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Account).

func (*AccountMutation) Where 

func (m *AccountMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Account)

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountMutation builder.

type AccountQuery 

type AccountQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountQuery is the builder for querying Account entities.

func (*AccountQuery) All 

func (aq *AccountQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Account, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Accounts.

func (*AccountQuery) AllX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Account

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Clone 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Clone() *AccountQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the AccountQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*AccountQuery) Count 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*AccountQuery) CountX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Exist 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*AccountQuery) ExistX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Filter 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Filter() *AccountFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the AccountQuery builder.

func (*AccountQuery) First 

func (aq *AccountQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

First returns the first Account entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account was found.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstID 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Account ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account ID was found.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstIDX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) FirstX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Account

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) GroupBy 

func (aq *AccountQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *AccountGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Account.Query().
	GroupBy(account.FieldEmail).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*AccountQuery) IDs 

func (aq *AccountQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Account IDs.

func (*AccountQuery) IDsX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Limit 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Limit(limit int) *AccountQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) Offset 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Offset(offset int) *AccountQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) Only 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Only returns a single Account entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Account entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Account entities are found.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyID 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Account ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Account ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) OnlyX 

func (aq *AccountQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Account

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountQuery) Order 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *AccountQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*AccountQuery) QueryToken 

func (aq *AccountQuery) QueryToken() *TokenQuery

QueryToken chains the current query on the "token" edge.

func (*AccountQuery) Select 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Select(fields ...string) *AccountSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
}

client.Account.Query().
	Select(account.FieldEmail).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*AccountQuery) Unique 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Unique(unique bool) *AccountQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*AccountQuery) Where 

func (aq *AccountQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the AccountQuery builder.

func (*AccountQuery) WithToken 

func (aq *AccountQuery) WithToken(opts ...func(*TokenQuery)) *AccountQuery

WithToken tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "token" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type AccountSelect 

type AccountSelect struct {
	*AccountQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Account entities.

func (*AccountSelect) Bool 

func (s *AccountSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) BoolX 

func (s *AccountSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Bools 

func (s *AccountSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *AccountSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64X 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64s 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *AccountSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Int 

func (s *AccountSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) IntX 

func (s *AccountSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Ints 

func (s *AccountSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) IntsX 

func (s *AccountSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Scan 

func (as *AccountSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*AccountSelect) ScanX 

func (s *AccountSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) String 

func (s *AccountSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) StringX 

func (s *AccountSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountSelect) Strings 

func (s *AccountSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*AccountSelect) StringsX 

func (s *AccountSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type AccountUpdate 

type AccountUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpdate is the builder for updating Account entities.

func (*AccountUpdate) AddToken 

func (au *AccountUpdate) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdate

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdate) AddTokenIDs 

func (au *AccountUpdate) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdate

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdate) ClearToken 

func (au *AccountUpdate) ClearToken() *AccountUpdate

ClearToken clears all "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdate) Exec 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpdate) ExecX 

func (au *AccountUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdate) Mutation 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountUpdate) RemoveToken 

func (au *AccountUpdate) RemoveToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdate

RemoveToken removes "token" edges to Token entities.

func (*AccountUpdate) RemoveTokenIDs 

func (au *AccountUpdate) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdate

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to Token entities by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdate) Save 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*AccountUpdate) SaveX 

func (au *AccountUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdate) SetEmail 

func (au *AccountUpdate) SetEmail(s string) *AccountUpdate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpdate) Where 

func (au *AccountUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Account) *AccountUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the AccountUpdate builder.

type AccountUpdateOne 

type AccountUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Account entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) AddToken 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) AddToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdateOne

AddToken adds the "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) AddTokenIDs 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) AddTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

AddTokenIDs adds the "token" edge to the Token entity by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) ClearToken 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) ClearToken() *AccountUpdateOne

ClearToken clears all "token" edges to the Token entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Exec 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Mutation() *AccountMutation

Mutation returns the AccountMutation object of the builder.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) RemoveToken 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) RemoveToken(t ...*Token) *AccountUpdateOne

RemoveToken removes "token" edges to Token entities.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) RemoveTokenIDs 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) RemoveTokenIDs(ids ...sid.ID) *AccountUpdateOne

RemoveTokenIDs removes the "token" edge to Token entities by IDs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Save 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Account, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Account entity.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Account

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) Select 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *AccountUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*AccountUpdateOne) SetEmail 

func (auo *AccountUpdateOne) SetEmail(s string) *AccountUpdateOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

type AccountUpsert 

type AccountUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

AccountUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*AccountUpsert) SetEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsert) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsert

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsert) UpdateEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsert) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsert

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

type AccountUpsertBulk 

type AccountUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Account nodes.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *AccountUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Ignore() *AccountUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) SetEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsertBulk

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*AccountUpsert)) *AccountUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the AccountCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsertBulk

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *AccountUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *AccountUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(account.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type AccountUpsertOne 

type AccountUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AccountUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Account node.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) DoNothing() *AccountUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Ignore() *AccountUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*AccountUpsertOne) SetEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) SetEmail(v string) *AccountUpsertOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) Update(set func(*AccountUpsert)) *AccountUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the AccountCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) UpdateEmail 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) UpdateEmail() *AccountUpsertOne

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*AccountUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *AccountUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *AccountUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Account.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(account.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Accounts 

type Accounts []*Account

Accounts is a parsable slice of Account.

type AggregateFunc 

type AggregateFunc func(*sql.Selector) string

AggregateFunc applies an aggregation step on the group-by traversal/selector.

func As 

func As(fn AggregateFunc, end string) AggregateFunc

As is a pseudo aggregation function for renaming another other functions with custom names. For example: 

GroupBy(field1, field2).
Aggregate(ent.As(ent.Sum(field1), "sum_field1"), (ent.As(ent.Sum(field2), "sum_field2")).
Scan(ctx, &v)

func Count 

func Count() AggregateFunc

Count applies the "count" aggregation function on each group.

func Max 

func Max(field string) AggregateFunc

Max applies the "max" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Mean 

func Mean(field string) AggregateFunc

Mean applies the "mean" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Min 

func Min(field string) AggregateFunc

Min applies the "min" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Sum 

func Sum(field string) AggregateFunc

Sum applies the "sum" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

type Blob 

type Blob struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID uuid.UUID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// UUID holds the value of the "uuid" field.
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
	// Count holds the value of the "count" field.
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the BlobQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges BlobEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Blob is the model entity for the Blob schema. 

func (b *Blob) QueryLinks() *BlobQuery

QueryLinks queries the "links" edge of the Blob entity.

func (*Blob) QueryParent 

func (b *Blob) QueryParent() *BlobQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Blob entity.

func (*Blob) String 

func (b *Blob) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Blob) Unwrap 

func (b *Blob) Unwrap() *Blob

Unwrap unwraps the Blob entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Blob) Update 

func (b *Blob) Update() *BlobUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Blob. Note that you need to call Blob.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Blob was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type BlobClient 

type BlobClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobClient is a client for the Blob schema.

func NewBlobClient 

func NewBlobClient(c config) *BlobClient

NewBlobClient returns a client for the Blob from the given config.

func (*BlobClient) Create 

func (c *BlobClient) Create() *BlobCreate

Create returns a create builder for Blob.

func (*BlobClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *BlobClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*BlobCreate) *BlobCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Blob entities.

func (*BlobClient) Delete 

func (c *BlobClient) Delete() *BlobDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Blob.

func (*BlobClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *BlobClient) DeleteOne(b *Blob) *BlobDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*BlobClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *BlobClient) DeleteOneID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*BlobClient) Get 

func (c *BlobClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) (*Blob, error)

Get returns a Blob entity by its id.

func (*BlobClient) GetX 

func (c *BlobClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) *Blob

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobClient) Hooks 

func (c *BlobClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*BlobClient) Query 

func (c *BlobClient) Query() *BlobQuery

Query returns a query builder for Blob. 

func (c *BlobClient) QueryLinks(b *Blob) *BlobQuery

QueryLinks queries the links edge of a Blob.

func (*BlobClient) QueryParent 

func (c *BlobClient) QueryParent(b *Blob) *BlobQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Blob.

func (*BlobClient) Update 

func (c *BlobClient) Update() *BlobUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Blob.

func (*BlobClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *BlobClient) UpdateOne(b *Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*BlobClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *BlobClient) UpdateOneID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*BlobClient) Use 

func (c *BlobClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `blob.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type BlobCreate 

type BlobCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobCreate is the builder for creating a Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) AddLinkIDs 

func (bc *BlobCreate) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (bc *BlobCreate) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobCreate

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) Exec 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobCreate) ExecX 

func (bc *BlobCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobCreate) Mutation 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobCreate) OnConflict 

func (bc *BlobCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Blob.Create().
	SetUUID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobUpsert) {
		SetUUID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (bc *BlobCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreate) Save 

func (bc *BlobCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Save creates the Blob in the database.

func (*BlobCreate) SaveX 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*BlobCreate) SetCount 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetCount(i int) *BlobCreate

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobCreate) SetID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableCount 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobCreate

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetNillableUUID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobCreate) SetParent 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobCreate) SetParentID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobCreate) SetUUID 

func (bc *BlobCreate) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobCreate

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

type BlobCreateBulk 

type BlobCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Blob entities in bulk.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) Exec 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BlobUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Blob.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BlobUpsert) {
		SetUUID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BlobUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobCreateBulk) Save 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Blob, error)

Save creates the Blob entities in the database.

func (*BlobCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (bcb *BlobCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Blob

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobDelete 

type BlobDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobDelete is the builder for deleting a Blob entity.

func (*BlobDelete) Exec 

func (bd *BlobDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*BlobDelete) ExecX 

func (bd *BlobDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobDelete) Where 

func (bd *BlobDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobDelete builder.

type BlobDeleteOne 

type BlobDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Blob entity.

func (*BlobDeleteOne) Exec 

func (bdo *BlobDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*BlobDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (bdo *BlobDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobEdges 

type BlobEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Blob `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Links holds the value of the links edge.
	Links []*Blob `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (BlobEdges) LinksOrErr 

func (e BlobEdges) LinksOrErr() ([]*Blob, error)

LinksOrErr returns the Links value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (BlobEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e BlobEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Blob, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type BlobFilter 

type BlobFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for BlobQuery.

func (*BlobFilter) Where 

func (f *BlobFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereCount 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereCount(p entql.IntP)

WhereCount applies the entql int predicate on the count field. 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasLinks()

WhereHasLinks applies a predicate to check if query has an edge links.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasLinksWith 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasLinksWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasLinksWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge links with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasParent 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereHasParentWith 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Blob)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*BlobFilter) WhereID 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the id field.

func (*BlobFilter) WhereUUID 

func (f *BlobFilter) WhereUUID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereUUID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the uuid field.

type BlobGroupBy 

type BlobGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobGroupBy is the group-by builder for Blob entities.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (bgb *BlobGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BlobGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Int 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Scan 

func (bgb *BlobGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) String 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *BlobGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobMutation 

type BlobMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobMutation represents an operation that mutates the Blob nodes in the graph.

func (*BlobMutation) AddCount 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddCount(i int)

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) AddField 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobMutation) AddLinkIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID)

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by ids.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedCount 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedCount() (r int, exists bool)

AddedCount returns the value that was added to the "count" field in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedField 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearField 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearLinks()

ClearLinks clears the "links" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *BlobMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (BlobMutation) Client 

func (m BlobMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*BlobMutation) Count 

func (m *BlobMutation) Count() (r int, exists bool)

Count returns the value of the "count" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Field 

func (m *BlobMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Fields 

func (m *BlobMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*BlobMutation) Filter 

func (m *BlobMutation) Filter() *BlobFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the BlobMutation builder.

func (*BlobMutation) ID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*BlobMutation) IDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) LinksCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) LinksCleared() bool

LinksCleared reports if the "links" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobMutation) LinksIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) LinksIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

LinksIDs returns the "links" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) OldCount 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldCount(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldCount returns the old "count" field's value of the Blob entity. If the Blob object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BlobMutation) OldField 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*BlobMutation) OldUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) OldUUID(ctx context.Context) (v uuid.UUID, err error)

OldUUID returns the old "uuid" field's value of the Blob entity. If the Blob object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BlobMutation) Op 

func (m *BlobMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Blob entity was cleared.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BlobMutation) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID)

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) RemovedLinksIDs 

func (m *BlobMutation) RemovedLinksIDs() (ids []uuid.UUID)

RemovedLinks returns the removed IDs of the "links" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetCount 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetCount()

ResetCount resets all changes to the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetField 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema. 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetLinks()

ResetLinks resets all changes to the "links" edge.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*BlobMutation) ResetUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) ResetUUID()

ResetUUID resets all changes to the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobMutation) SetCount 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetCount(i int)

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobMutation) SetField 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BlobMutation) SetID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetID(id uuid.UUID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Blob entities.

func (*BlobMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by id.

func (*BlobMutation) SetUUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID)

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (BlobMutation) Tx 

func (m BlobMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*BlobMutation) Type 

func (m *BlobMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Blob).

func (*BlobMutation) UUID 

func (m *BlobMutation) UUID() (r uuid.UUID, exists bool)

UUID returns the value of the "uuid" field in the mutation.

func (*BlobMutation) Where 

func (m *BlobMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob)

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobMutation builder.

type BlobQuery 

type BlobQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobQuery is the builder for querying Blob entities.

func (*BlobQuery) All 

func (bq *BlobQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Blob, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Blobs.

func (*BlobQuery) AllX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Blob

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Clone 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Clone() *BlobQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the BlobQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*BlobQuery) Count 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*BlobQuery) CountX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Exist 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*BlobQuery) ExistX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Filter 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Filter() *BlobFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the BlobQuery builder.

func (*BlobQuery) First 

func (bq *BlobQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

First returns the first Blob entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob was found.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstID 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Blob ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob ID was found.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstIDX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) FirstX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) GroupBy 

func (bq *BlobQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *BlobGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Blob.Query().
	GroupBy(blob.FieldUUID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobQuery) IDs 

func (bq *BlobQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Blob IDs.

func (*BlobQuery) IDsX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []uuid.UUID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Limit 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Limit(limit int) *BlobQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*BlobQuery) Offset 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Offset(offset int) *BlobQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*BlobQuery) Only 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Only returns a single Blob entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Blob entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Blob entities are found.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyID 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Blob ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Blob ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) OnlyX 

func (bq *BlobQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobQuery) Order 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *BlobQuery

Order adds an order step to the query. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) QueryLinks() *BlobQuery

QueryLinks chains the current query on the "links" edge.

func (*BlobQuery) QueryParent 

func (bq *BlobQuery) QueryParent() *BlobQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*BlobQuery) Select 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Select(fields ...string) *BlobSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	UUID uuid.UUID `json:"uuid,omitempty"`
}

client.Blob.Query().
	Select(blob.FieldUUID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BlobQuery) Unique 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Unique(unique bool) *BlobQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*BlobQuery) Where 

func (bq *BlobQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the BlobQuery builder. 

func (bq *BlobQuery) WithLinks(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobQuery

WithLinks tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "links" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*BlobQuery) WithParent 

func (bq *BlobQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*BlobQuery)) *BlobQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type BlobSelect 

type BlobSelect struct {
	*BlobQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Blob entities.

func (*BlobSelect) Bool 

func (s *BlobSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) BoolX 

func (s *BlobSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Bools 

func (s *BlobSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64X 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64s 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *BlobSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Int 

func (s *BlobSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) IntX 

func (s *BlobSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Ints 

func (s *BlobSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) IntsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Scan 

func (bs *BlobSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BlobSelect) ScanX 

func (s *BlobSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) String 

func (s *BlobSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) StringX 

func (s *BlobSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobSelect) Strings 

func (s *BlobSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BlobSelect) StringsX 

func (s *BlobSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BlobUpdate 

type BlobUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpdate is the builder for updating Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdate) AddCount 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddCount(i int) *BlobUpdate

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) AddLinkIDs 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdate

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ClearLinks() *BlobUpdate

ClearLinks clears all "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) ClearParent 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ClearParent() *BlobUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) Exec 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpdate) ExecX 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdate) Mutation 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobUpdate) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to Blob entities by IDs. 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) RemoveLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdate

RemoveLinks removes "links" edges to Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdate) Save 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*BlobUpdate) SaveX 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetCount 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetCount(i int) *BlobUpdate

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableCount 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetNillableUUID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetParent 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetParentID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobUpdate) SetUUID 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdate

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpdate) Where 

func (bu *BlobUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Blob) *BlobUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the BlobUpdate builder.

type BlobUpdateOne 

type BlobUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) AddCount 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddCount(i int) *BlobUpdateOne

AddCount adds i to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) AddLinkIDs 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

AddLinkIDs adds the "links" edge to the Blob entity by IDs. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) AddLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

AddLinks adds the "links" edges to the Blob entity. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ClearLinks() *BlobUpdateOne

ClearLinks clears all "links" edges to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ClearParent() *BlobUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Exec 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Mutation() *BlobMutation

Mutation returns the BlobMutation object of the builder.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinkIDs 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinkIDs(ids ...uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

RemoveLinkIDs removes the "links" edge to Blob entities by IDs. 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) RemoveLinks(b ...*Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

RemoveLinks removes "links" edges to Blob entities.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Save 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Blob, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Blob

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) Select 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *BlobUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetCount 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetCount(i int) *BlobUpdateOne

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableCount 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableCount(i *int) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableCount sets the "count" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableUUID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetNillableUUID(u *uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetNillableUUID sets the "uuid" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetParent(b *Blob) *BlobUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetParentID(id uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Blob entity by ID.

func (*BlobUpdateOne) SetUUID 

func (buo *BlobUpdateOne) SetUUID(u uuid.UUID) *BlobUpdateOne

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

type BlobUpsert 

type BlobUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

BlobUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*BlobUpsert) AddCount 

func (u *BlobUpsert) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsert

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) SetCount 

func (u *BlobUpsert) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsert

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) SetUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsert) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsert

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsert) UpdateCount 

func (u *BlobUpsert) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsert

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsert) UpdateUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsert) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsert

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BlobUpsertBulk 

type BlobUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Blob nodes.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) AddCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsertBulk

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *BlobUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Ignore() *BlobUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) SetCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsertBulk

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) SetUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsertBulk

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*BlobUpsert)) *BlobUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(blob.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsertBulk) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsertBulk

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BlobUpsertOne 

type BlobUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BlobUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Blob node.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) AddCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) AddCount(v int) *BlobUpsertOne

AddCount adds v to the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) DoNothing() *BlobUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Ignore() *BlobUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertOne) SetCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) SetCount(v int) *BlobUpsertOne

SetCount sets the "count" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) SetUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) SetUUID(v uuid.UUID) *BlobUpsertOne

SetUUID sets the "uuid" field.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) Update(set func(*BlobUpsert)) *BlobUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BlobCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateCount 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateCount() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateCount sets the "count" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Blob.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(blob.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BlobUpsertOne) UpdateUUID 

func (u *BlobUpsertOne) UpdateUUID() *BlobUpsertOne

UpdateUUID sets the "uuid" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Blobs 

type Blobs []*Blob

Blobs is a parsable slice of Blob.

type Car 

type Car struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// BeforeID holds the value of the "before_id" field.
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
	// AfterID holds the value of the "after_id" field.
	AfterID float64 `json:"after_id,omitempty"`
	// Model holds the value of the "model" field.
	Model string `json:"model,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CarQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CarEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Car is the model entity for the Car schema.

func (*Car) QueryOwner 

func (c *Car) QueryOwner() *PetQuery

QueryOwner queries the "owner" edge of the Car entity.

func (*Car) String 

func (c *Car) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Car) Unwrap 

func (c *Car) Unwrap() *Car

Unwrap unwraps the Car entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Car) Update 

func (c *Car) Update() *CarUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Car. Note that you need to call Car.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Car was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type CarClient 

type CarClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarClient is a client for the Car schema.

func NewCarClient 

func NewCarClient(c config) *CarClient

NewCarClient returns a client for the Car from the given config.

func (*CarClient) Create 

func (c *CarClient) Create() *CarCreate

Create returns a create builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CarClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CarCreate) *CarCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Car entities.

func (*CarClient) Delete 

func (c *CarClient) Delete() *CarDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CarClient) DeleteOne(ca *Car) *CarDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*CarClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CarClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CarDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*CarClient) Get 

func (c *CarClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Car, error)

Get returns a Car entity by its id.

func (*CarClient) GetX 

func (c *CarClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Car

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarClient) Hooks 

func (c *CarClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CarClient) Query 

func (c *CarClient) Query() *CarQuery

Query returns a query builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) QueryOwner 

func (c *CarClient) QueryOwner(ca *Car) *PetQuery

QueryOwner queries the owner edge of a Car.

func (*CarClient) Update 

func (c *CarClient) Update() *CarUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Car.

func (*CarClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CarClient) UpdateOne(ca *Car) *CarUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CarClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CarClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CarUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CarClient) Use 

func (c *CarClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `car.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CarCreate 

type CarCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarCreate is the builder for creating a Car entity.

func (*CarCreate) Exec 

func (cc *CarCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarCreate) ExecX 

func (cc *CarCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarCreate) Mutation 

func (cc *CarCreate) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarCreate) OnConflict 

func (cc *CarCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CarUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Car.Create().
	SetBeforeID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CarUpsert) {
		SetBeforeID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (cc *CarCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CarUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreate) Save 

func (cc *CarCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Save creates the Car in the database.

func (*CarCreate) SaveX 

func (cc *CarCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Car

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CarCreate) SetAfterID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarCreate

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetBeforeID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarCreate

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetID(i int) *CarCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetModel 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetModel(s string) *CarCreate

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarCreate

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarCreate

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarCreate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarCreate) SetOwner 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarCreate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarCreate) SetOwnerID 

func (cc *CarCreate) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarCreate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

type CarCreateBulk 

type CarCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Car entities in bulk.

func (*CarCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CarUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Car.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CarUpsert) {
		SetBeforeID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CarUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarCreateBulk) Save 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Car, error)

Save creates the Car entities in the database.

func (*CarCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ccb *CarCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Car

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarDelete 

type CarDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarDelete is the builder for deleting a Car entity.

func (*CarDelete) Exec 

func (cd *CarDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CarDelete) ExecX 

func (cd *CarDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarDelete) Where 

func (cd *CarDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CarDelete builder.

type CarDeleteOne 

type CarDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Car entity.

func (*CarDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cdo *CarDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CarDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cdo *CarDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarEdges 

type CarEdges struct {
	// Owner holds the value of the owner edge.
	Owner *Pet `json:"owner,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CarEdges) OwnerOrErr 

func (e CarEdges) OwnerOrErr() (*Pet, error)

OwnerOrErr returns the Owner value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CarFilter 

type CarFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for CarQuery.

func (*CarFilter) Where 

func (f *CarFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*CarFilter) WhereAfterID 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereAfterID(p entql.Float64P)

WhereAfterID applies the entql float64 predicate on the after_id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereBeforeID 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereBeforeID(p entql.Float64P)

WhereBeforeID applies the entql float64 predicate on the before_id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereHasOwner 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereHasOwner()

WhereHasOwner applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner.

func (*CarFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasOwnerWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*CarFilter) WhereID 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

func (*CarFilter) WhereModel 

func (f *CarFilter) WhereModel(p entql.StringP)

WhereModel applies the entql string predicate on the model field.

type CarGroupBy 

type CarGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarGroupBy is the group-by builder for Car entities.

func (*CarGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (cgb *CarGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CarGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CarGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Scan 

func (cgb *CarGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CarGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) String 

func (s *CarGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CarGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CarGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarMutation 

type CarMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarMutation represents an operation that mutates the Car nodes in the graph.

func (*CarMutation) AddAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddAfterID(f float64)

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) AddBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddBeforeID(f float64)

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) AddField 

func (m *CarMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CarMutation) AddedAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedAfterID() (r float64, exists bool)

AddedAfterID returns the value that was added to the "after_id" field in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedBeforeID() (r float64, exists bool)

AddedBeforeID returns the value that was added to the "before_id" field in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) AfterID() (r float64, exists bool)

AfterID returns the value of the "after_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) AfterIDCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) AfterIDCleared() bool

AfterIDCleared returns if the "after_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) BeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) BeforeID() (r float64, exists bool)

BeforeID returns the value of the "before_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) BeforeIDCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) BeforeIDCleared() bool

BeforeIDCleared returns if the "before_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ClearAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearAfterID()

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ClearBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearBeforeID()

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ClearOwner 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearOwner()

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CarMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CarMutation) Client 

func (m CarMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CarMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Field 

func (m *CarMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Fields 

func (m *CarMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CarMutation) Filter 

func (m *CarMutation) Filter() *CarFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the CarMutation builder.

func (*CarMutation) ID 

func (m *CarMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CarMutation) IDs 

func (m *CarMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) Model 

func (m *CarMutation) Model() (r string, exists bool)

Model returns the value of the "model" field in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) OldAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) OldAfterID(ctx context.Context) (v float64, err error)

OldAfterID returns the old "after_id" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) OldBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) OldBeforeID(ctx context.Context) (v float64, err error)

OldBeforeID returns the old "before_id" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) OldField 

func (m *CarMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CarMutation) OldModel 

func (m *CarMutation) OldModel(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldModel returns the old "model" field's value of the Car entity. If the Car object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CarMutation) Op 

func (m *CarMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerCleared 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerCleared() bool

OwnerCleared reports if the "owner" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerID 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerID() (id string, exists bool)

OwnerID returns the "owner" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*CarMutation) OwnerIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) OwnerIDs() (ids []string)

OwnerIDs returns the "owner" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use OwnerID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CarMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CarMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CarMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CarMutation) ResetAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetAfterID()

ResetAfterID resets all changes to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetBeforeID()

ResetBeforeID resets all changes to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CarMutation) ResetModel 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetModel()

ResetModel resets all changes to the "model" field.

func (*CarMutation) ResetOwner 

func (m *CarMutation) ResetOwner()

ResetOwner resets all changes to the "owner" edge.

func (*CarMutation) SetAfterID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetAfterID(f float64)

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetBeforeID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetBeforeID(f float64)

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetField 

func (m *CarMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CarMutation) SetID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Car entities.

func (*CarMutation) SetModel 

func (m *CarMutation) SetModel(s string)

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarMutation) SetOwnerID 

func (m *CarMutation) SetOwnerID(id string)

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by id.

func (CarMutation) Tx 

func (m CarMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CarMutation) Type 

func (m *CarMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Car).

func (*CarMutation) Where 

func (m *CarMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Car)

Where appends a list predicates to the CarMutation builder.

type CarQuery 

type CarQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarQuery is the builder for querying Car entities.

func (*CarQuery) All 

func (cq *CarQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Car, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Cars.

func (*CarQuery) AllX 

func (cq *CarQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Car

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Clone 

func (cq *CarQuery) Clone() *CarQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CarQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CarQuery) Count 

func (cq *CarQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CarQuery) CountX 

func (cq *CarQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Exist 

func (cq *CarQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CarQuery) ExistX 

func (cq *CarQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Filter 

func (cq *CarQuery) Filter() *CarFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the CarQuery builder.

func (*CarQuery) First 

func (cq *CarQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

First returns the first Car entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car was found.

func (*CarQuery) FirstID 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Car ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car ID was found.

func (*CarQuery) FirstIDX 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) FirstX 

func (cq *CarQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Car

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) GroupBy 

func (cq *CarQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CarGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Car.Query().
	GroupBy(car.FieldBeforeID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CarQuery) IDs 

func (cq *CarQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Car IDs.

func (*CarQuery) IDsX 

func (cq *CarQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Limit 

func (cq *CarQuery) Limit(limit int) *CarQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) Offset 

func (cq *CarQuery) Offset(offset int) *CarQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) Only 

func (cq *CarQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Only returns a single Car entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Car entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Car entities are found.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyID 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Car ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Car ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) OnlyX 

func (cq *CarQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Car

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarQuery) Order 

func (cq *CarQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *CarQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*CarQuery) QueryOwner 

func (cq *CarQuery) QueryOwner() *PetQuery

QueryOwner chains the current query on the "owner" edge.

func (*CarQuery) Select 

func (cq *CarQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CarSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BeforeID float64 `json:"before_id,omitempty"`
}

client.Car.Query().
	Select(car.FieldBeforeID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CarQuery) Unique 

func (cq *CarQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CarQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CarQuery) Where 

func (cq *CarQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CarQuery builder.

func (*CarQuery) WithOwner 

func (cq *CarQuery) WithOwner(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *CarQuery

WithOwner tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "owner" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CarSelect 

type CarSelect struct {
	*CarQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Car entities.

func (*CarSelect) Bool 

func (s *CarSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CarSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Bools 

func (s *CarSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CarSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Float64 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CarSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Int 

func (s *CarSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) IntX 

func (s *CarSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Ints 

func (s *CarSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CarSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Scan 

func (cs *CarSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CarSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CarSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) String 

func (s *CarSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) StringX 

func (s *CarSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarSelect) Strings 

func (s *CarSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CarSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CarSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CarUpdate 

type CarUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpdate is the builder for updating Car entities.

func (*CarUpdate) AddAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) AddAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdate

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) AddBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) AddBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdate

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearAfterID() *CarUpdate

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpdate

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) ClearOwner 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ClearOwner() *CarUpdate

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdate) Exec 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpdate) ExecX 

func (cu *CarUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdate) Mutation 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarUpdate) Save 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CarUpdate) SaveX 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdate) SetAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdate

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdate

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetModel 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetModel(s string) *CarUpdate

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarUpdate

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarUpdate

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarUpdate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdate) SetOwner 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarUpdate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdate) SetOwnerID 

func (cu *CarUpdate) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarUpdate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*CarUpdate) Where 

func (cu *CarUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Car) *CarUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CarUpdate builder.

type CarUpdateOne 

type CarUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Car entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) AddAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) AddAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

AddAfterID adds f to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) AddBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) AddBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

AddBeforeID adds f to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearAfterID() *CarUpdateOne

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpdateOne

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ClearOwner 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ClearOwner() *CarUpdateOne

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Mutation() *CarMutation

Mutation returns the CarMutation object of the builder.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Save 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Car, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Car entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Car

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpdateOne) Select 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CarUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetAfterID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetBeforeID(f float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetModel 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetModel(s string) *CarUpdateOne

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableAfterID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableAfterID(f *float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableAfterID sets the "after_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableBeforeID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableBeforeID(f *float64) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableBeforeID sets the "before_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID(id *string) *CarUpdateOne

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetOwner 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetOwner(p *Pet) *CarUpdateOne

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*CarUpdateOne) SetOwnerID 

func (cuo *CarUpdateOne) SetOwnerID(id string) *CarUpdateOne

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

type CarUpsert 

type CarUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CarUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CarUpsert) AddAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsert) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsert

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) AddBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsert) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsert

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) ClearAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsert) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsert

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) ClearBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsert) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsert

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsert

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsert

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsert) SetModel 

func (u *CarUpsert) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsert

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsert

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsert

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsert) UpdateModel 

func (u *CarUpsert) UpdateModel() *CarUpsert

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CarUpsertBulk 

type CarUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Car nodes.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) AddAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) AddBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ClearAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsertBulk

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ClearBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsertBulk

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CarUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CarUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertBulk

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) SetModel 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsertBulk

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CarUpsert)) *CarUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CarCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateModel 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateModel() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CarUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CarUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(car.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type CarUpsertOne 

type CarUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CarUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Car node.

func (*CarUpsertOne) AddAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) AddAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

AddAfterID adds v to the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) AddBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) AddBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

AddBeforeID adds v to the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ClearAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ClearAfterID() *CarUpsertOne

ClearAfterID clears the value of the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ClearBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ClearBeforeID() *CarUpsertOne

ClearBeforeID clears the value of the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CarUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CarUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Ignore() *CarUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetAfterID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

SetAfterID sets the "after_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetBeforeID(v float64) *CarUpsertOne

SetBeforeID sets the "before_id" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) SetModel 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) SetModel(v string) *CarUpsertOne

SetModel sets the "model" field.

func (*CarUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CarUpsert)) *CarUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CarCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateAfterID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateAfterID() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateAfterID sets the "after_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateBeforeID 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateBeforeID() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateBeforeID sets the "before_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateModel 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateModel() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateModel sets the "model" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CarUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CarUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CarUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Car.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(car.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Cars 

type Cars []*Car

Cars is a parsable slice of Car.

type Client 

type Client struct {

	// Schema is the client for creating, migrating and dropping schema.
	Schema *migrate.Schema
	// Account is the client for interacting with the Account builders.
	Account *AccountClient
	// Blob is the client for interacting with the Blob builders.
	Blob *BlobClient
	// Car is the client for interacting with the Car builders.
	Car *CarClient
	// Device is the client for interacting with the Device builders.
	Device *DeviceClient
	// Doc is the client for interacting with the Doc builders.
	Doc *DocClient
	// Group is the client for interacting with the Group builders.
	Group *GroupClient
	// MixinID is the client for interacting with the MixinID builders.
	MixinID *MixinIDClient
	// Note is the client for interacting with the Note builders.
	Note *NoteClient
	// Other is the client for interacting with the Other builders.
	Other *OtherClient
	// Pet is the client for interacting with the Pet builders.
	Pet *PetClient
	// Session is the client for interacting with the Session builders.
	Session *SessionClient
	// Token is the client for interacting with the Token builders.
	Token *TokenClient
	// User is the client for interacting with the User builders.
	User *UserClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client is the client that holds all ent builders.

func FromContext 

func FromContext(ctx context.Context) *Client

FromContext returns a Client stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func NewClient 

func NewClient(opts ...Option) *Client

NewClient creates a new client configured with the given options.

func Open 

func Open(driverName, dataSourceName string, options ...Option) (*Client, error)

Open opens a database/sql.DB specified by the driver name and the data source name, and returns a new client attached to it. Optional parameters can be added for configuring the client.

func (*Client) BeginTx 

func (c *Client) BeginTx(ctx context.Context, opts *sql.TxOptions) (*Tx, error)

BeginTx returns a transactional client with specified options.

func (*Client) Close 

func (c *Client) Close() error

Close closes the database connection and prevents new queries from starting.

func (*Client) Debug 

func (c *Client) Debug() *Client

Debug returns a new debug-client. It's used to get verbose logging on specific operations. 

client.Debug().
	Account.
	Query().
	Count(ctx)

func (*Client) Tx 

func (c *Client) Tx(ctx context.Context) (*Tx, error)

Tx returns a new transactional client. The provided context is used until the transaction is committed or rolled back.

func (*Client) Use 

func (c *Client) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds the mutation hooks to all the entity clients. In order to add hooks to a specific client, call: `client.Node.Use(...)`.

type CommitFunc 

type CommitFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The CommitFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Committer. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, CommitFunc(f) is a Committer that calls f.

func (CommitFunc) Commit 

func (f CommitFunc) Commit(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Commit calls f(ctx, m).

type CommitHook 

type CommitHook func(Committer) Committer

CommitHook defines the "commit middleware". A function that gets a Committer and returns a Committer. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Committer) ent.Committer {
	return ent.CommitFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Commit(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Committer 

type Committer interface {
	Commit(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Committer is the interface that wraps the Commit method.

type ConstraintError 

type ConstraintError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConstraintError returns when trying to create/update one or more entities and one or more of their constraints failed. For example, violation of edge or field uniqueness.

func (ConstraintError) Error 

func (e ConstraintError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ConstraintError) Unwrap 

func (e *ConstraintError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Device 

type Device struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the DeviceQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges DeviceEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Device is the model entity for the Device schema.

func (*Device) QueryActiveSession 

func (d *Device) QueryActiveSession() *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession queries the "active_session" edge of the Device entity.

func (*Device) QuerySessions 

func (d *Device) QuerySessions() *SessionQuery

QuerySessions queries the "sessions" edge of the Device entity.

func (*Device) String 

func (d *Device) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Device) Unwrap 

func (d *Device) Unwrap() *Device

Unwrap unwraps the Device entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Device) Update 

func (d *Device) Update() *DeviceUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Device. Note that you need to call Device.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Device was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type DeviceClient 

type DeviceClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceClient is a client for the Device schema.

func NewDeviceClient 

func NewDeviceClient(c config) *DeviceClient

NewDeviceClient returns a client for the Device from the given config.

func (*DeviceClient) Create 

func (c *DeviceClient) Create() *DeviceCreate

Create returns a create builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *DeviceClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*DeviceCreate) *DeviceCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Device entities.

func (*DeviceClient) Delete 

func (c *DeviceClient) Delete() *DeviceDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *DeviceClient) DeleteOne(d *Device) *DeviceDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*DeviceClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *DeviceClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.ID) *DeviceDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*DeviceClient) Get 

func (c *DeviceClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) (*Device, error)

Get returns a Device entity by its id.

func (*DeviceClient) GetX 

func (c *DeviceClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) *Device

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceClient) Hooks 

func (c *DeviceClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*DeviceClient) Query 

func (c *DeviceClient) Query() *DeviceQuery

Query returns a query builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) QueryActiveSession 

func (c *DeviceClient) QueryActiveSession(d *Device) *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession queries the active_session edge of a Device.

func (*DeviceClient) QuerySessions 

func (c *DeviceClient) QuerySessions(d *Device) *SessionQuery

QuerySessions queries the sessions edge of a Device.

func (*DeviceClient) Update 

func (c *DeviceClient) Update() *DeviceUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Device.

func (*DeviceClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *DeviceClient) UpdateOne(d *Device) *DeviceUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*DeviceClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *DeviceClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*DeviceClient) Use 

func (c *DeviceClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `device.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type DeviceCreate 

type DeviceCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceCreate is the builder for creating a Device entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) AddSessionIDs 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceCreate) AddSessions 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceCreate

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) Exec 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceCreate) ExecX 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceCreate) Mutation 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceCreate) OnConflict 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DeviceUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DeviceUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreate) Save 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Save creates the Device in the database.

func (*DeviceCreate) SaveX 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Device

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetActiveSession 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceCreate

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetActiveSessionID 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetID 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetID(s schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetNillableActiveSessionID 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DeviceCreate) SetNillableID 

func (dc *DeviceCreate) SetNillableID(s *schema.ID) *DeviceCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type DeviceCreateBulk 

type DeviceCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Device entities in bulk.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) Exec 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DeviceUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Device.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DeviceUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) Save 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Device, error)

Save creates the Device entities in the database.

func (*DeviceCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (dcb *DeviceCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Device

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceDelete 

type DeviceDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceDelete is the builder for deleting a Device entity.

func (*DeviceDelete) Exec 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*DeviceDelete) ExecX 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceDelete) Where 

func (dd *DeviceDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceDelete builder.

type DeviceDeleteOne 

type DeviceDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Device entity.

func (*DeviceDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ddo *DeviceDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*DeviceDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ddo *DeviceDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceEdges 

type DeviceEdges struct {
	// ActiveSession holds the value of the active_session edge.
	ActiveSession *Session `json:"active_session,omitempty"`
	// Sessions holds the value of the sessions edge.
	Sessions []*Session `json:"sessions,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (DeviceEdges) ActiveSessionOrErr 

func (e DeviceEdges) ActiveSessionOrErr() (*Session, error)

ActiveSessionOrErr returns the ActiveSession value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (DeviceEdges) SessionsOrErr 

func (e DeviceEdges) SessionsOrErr() ([]*Session, error)

SessionsOrErr returns the Sessions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type DeviceFilter 

type DeviceFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for DeviceQuery.

func (*DeviceFilter) Where 

func (f *DeviceFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSession 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSession()

WhereHasActiveSession applies a predicate to check if query has an edge active_session.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSessionWith 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasActiveSessionWith(preds ...predicate.Session)

WhereHasActiveSessionWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge active_session with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessions 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessions()

WhereHasSessions applies a predicate to check if query has an edge sessions.

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessionsWith 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereHasSessionsWith(preds ...predicate.Session)

WhereHasSessionsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge sessions with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DeviceFilter) WhereID 

func (f *DeviceFilter) WhereID(p entql.BytesP)

WhereID applies the entql []byte predicate on the id field.

type DeviceGroupBy 

type DeviceGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceGroupBy is the group-by builder for Device entities.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (dgb *DeviceGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DeviceGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Int 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Scan 

func (dgb *DeviceGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) String 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *DeviceGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceMutation 

type DeviceMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceMutation represents an operation that mutates the Device nodes in the graph.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionCleared 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionCleared() bool

ActiveSessionCleared reports if the "active_session" edge to the Session entity was cleared.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionID 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ActiveSessionID returns the "active_session" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ActiveSessionIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

ActiveSessionIDs returns the "active_session" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ActiveSessionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddSessionIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID)

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by ids.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearActiveSession 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearActiveSession()

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearSessions 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearSessions()

ClearSessions clears the "sessions" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (DeviceMutation) Client 

func (m DeviceMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*DeviceMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *DeviceMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) Field 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *DeviceMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) Fields 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*DeviceMutation) Filter 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Filter() *DeviceFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the DeviceMutation builder.

func (*DeviceMutation) ID 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*DeviceMutation) IDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) OldField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*DeviceMutation) Op 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemoveSessionIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID)

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) RemovedSessionsIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) RemovedSessionsIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

RemovedSessions returns the removed IDs of the "sessions" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetActiveSession 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetActiveSession()

ResetActiveSession resets all changes to the "active_session" edge.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DeviceMutation) ResetSessions 

func (m *DeviceMutation) ResetSessions()

ResetSessions resets all changes to the "sessions" edge.

func (*DeviceMutation) SessionsCleared 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SessionsCleared() bool

SessionsCleared reports if the "sessions" edge to the Session entity was cleared.

func (*DeviceMutation) SessionsIDs 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SessionsIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

SessionsIDs returns the "sessions" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetActiveSessionID 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID)

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by id.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetField 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DeviceMutation) SetID 

func (m *DeviceMutation) SetID(id schema.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Device entities.

func (DeviceMutation) Tx 

func (m DeviceMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*DeviceMutation) Type 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Device).

func (*DeviceMutation) Where 

func (m *DeviceMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Device)

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceMutation builder.

type DeviceQuery 

type DeviceQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceQuery is the builder for querying Device entities.

func (*DeviceQuery) All 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Device, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Devices.

func (*DeviceQuery) AllX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Device

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Clone 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Clone() *DeviceQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the DeviceQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*DeviceQuery) Count 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*DeviceQuery) CountX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Exist 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*DeviceQuery) ExistX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Filter 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Filter() *DeviceFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the DeviceQuery builder.

func (*DeviceQuery) First 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

First returns the first Device entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device was found.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstID 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Device ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device ID was found.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstIDX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) FirstX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Device

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) GroupBy 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *DeviceGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*DeviceQuery) IDs 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Device IDs.

func (*DeviceQuery) IDsX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Limit 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Limit(limit int) *DeviceQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) Offset 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Offset(offset int) *DeviceQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) Only 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Only returns a single Device entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Device entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Device entities are found.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyID 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Device ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Device ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) OnlyX 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Device

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceQuery) Order 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *DeviceQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*DeviceQuery) QueryActiveSession 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) QueryActiveSession() *SessionQuery

QueryActiveSession chains the current query on the "active_session" edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) QuerySessions 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) QuerySessions() *SessionQuery

QuerySessions chains the current query on the "sessions" edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) Select 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Select(fields ...string) *DeviceSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*DeviceQuery) Unique 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Unique(unique bool) *DeviceQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*DeviceQuery) Where 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the DeviceQuery builder.

func (*DeviceQuery) WithActiveSession 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) WithActiveSession(opts ...func(*SessionQuery)) *DeviceQuery

WithActiveSession tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "active_session" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DeviceQuery) WithSessions 

func (dq *DeviceQuery) WithSessions(opts ...func(*SessionQuery)) *DeviceQuery

WithSessions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sessions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type DeviceSelect 

type DeviceSelect struct {
	*DeviceQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Device entities.

func (*DeviceSelect) Bool 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) BoolX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Bools 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64X 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64s 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Int 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) IntX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Ints 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) IntsX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Scan 

func (ds *DeviceSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DeviceSelect) ScanX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) String 

func (s *DeviceSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) StringX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceSelect) Strings 

func (s *DeviceSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DeviceSelect) StringsX 

func (s *DeviceSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DeviceUpdate 

type DeviceUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpdate is the builder for updating Device entities.

func (*DeviceUpdate) AddSessionIDs 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) AddSessions 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdate

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ClearActiveSession 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ClearActiveSession() *DeviceUpdate

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ClearSessions 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ClearSessions() *DeviceUpdate

ClearSessions clears all "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Exec 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpdate) ExecX 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Mutation 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessionIDs 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to Session entities by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessions 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) RemoveSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdate

RemoveSessions removes "sessions" edges to Session entities.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Save 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SaveX 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSession 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceUpdate

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSessionID 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceUpdate) SetNillableActiveSessionID 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceUpdate

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DeviceUpdate) Where 

func (du *DeviceUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Device) *DeviceUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the DeviceUpdate builder.

type DeviceUpdateOne 

type DeviceUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Device entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessionIDs 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

AddSessionIDs adds the "sessions" edge to the Session entity by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessions 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) AddSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

AddSessions adds the "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ClearActiveSession 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ClearActiveSession() *DeviceUpdateOne

ClearActiveSession clears the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ClearSessions 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ClearSessions() *DeviceUpdateOne

ClearSessions clears all "sessions" edges to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Exec 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Mutation() *DeviceMutation

Mutation returns the DeviceMutation object of the builder.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessionIDs 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessionIDs(ids ...schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

RemoveSessionIDs removes the "sessions" edge to Session entities by IDs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessions 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) RemoveSessions(s ...*Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

RemoveSessions removes "sessions" edges to Session entities.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Save 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Device, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Device entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Device

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) Select 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *DeviceUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSession 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSession(s *Session) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetActiveSession sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSessionID 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetActiveSessionID(id schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID.

func (*DeviceUpdateOne) SetNillableActiveSessionID 

func (duo *DeviceUpdateOne) SetNillableActiveSessionID(id *schema.ID) *DeviceUpdateOne

SetNillableActiveSessionID sets the "active_session" edge to the Session entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

type DeviceUpsert 

type DeviceUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

DeviceUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type DeviceUpsertBulk 

type DeviceUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Device nodes.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *DeviceUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Ignore() *DeviceUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*DeviceUpsert)) *DeviceUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DeviceCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DeviceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DeviceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *DeviceUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(device.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type DeviceUpsertOne 

type DeviceUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeviceUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Device node.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) DoNothing() *DeviceUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Ignore() *DeviceUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) Update(set func(*DeviceUpsert)) *DeviceUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DeviceCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DeviceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DeviceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *DeviceUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Device.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(device.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Devices 

type Devices []*Device

Devices is a parsable slice of Device.

type Doc 

type Doc struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.DocID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Text holds the value of the "text" field.
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the DocQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges DocEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Doc is the model entity for the Doc schema.

func (*Doc) QueryChildren 

func (d *Doc) QueryChildren() *DocQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the Doc entity.

func (*Doc) QueryParent 

func (d *Doc) QueryParent() *DocQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Doc entity.

func (*Doc) String 

func (d *Doc) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Doc) Unwrap 

func (d *Doc) Unwrap() *Doc

Unwrap unwraps the Doc entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Doc) Update 

func (d *Doc) Update() *DocUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Doc. Note that you need to call Doc.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Doc was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type DocClient 

type DocClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocClient is a client for the Doc schema.

func NewDocClient 

func NewDocClient(c config) *DocClient

NewDocClient returns a client for the Doc from the given config.

func (*DocClient) Create 

func (c *DocClient) Create() *DocCreate

Create returns a create builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *DocClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*DocCreate) *DocCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Doc entities.

func (*DocClient) Delete 

func (c *DocClient) Delete() *DocDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *DocClient) DeleteOne(d *Doc) *DocDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*DocClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *DocClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.DocID) *DocDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*DocClient) Get 

func (c *DocClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.DocID) (*Doc, error)

Get returns a Doc entity by its id.

func (*DocClient) GetX 

func (c *DocClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.DocID) *Doc

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocClient) Hooks 

func (c *DocClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*DocClient) Query 

func (c *DocClient) Query() *DocQuery

Query returns a query builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) QueryChildren 

func (c *DocClient) QueryChildren(d *Doc) *DocQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a Doc.

func (*DocClient) QueryParent 

func (c *DocClient) QueryParent(d *Doc) *DocQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Doc.

func (*DocClient) Update 

func (c *DocClient) Update() *DocUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Doc.

func (*DocClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *DocClient) UpdateOne(d *Doc) *DocUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*DocClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *DocClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*DocClient) Use 

func (c *DocClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `doc.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type DocCreate 

type DocCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocCreate is the builder for creating a Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) AddChildIDs 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocCreate) AddChildren 

func (dc *DocCreate) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) Exec 

func (dc *DocCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocCreate) ExecX 

func (dc *DocCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocCreate) Mutation 

func (dc *DocCreate) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocCreate) OnConflict 

func (dc *DocCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DocUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Doc.Create().
	SetText(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DocUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (dc *DocCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DocUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreate) Save 

func (dc *DocCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Save creates the Doc in the database.

func (*DocCreate) SaveX 

func (dc *DocCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*DocCreate) SetID 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetID(si schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableID 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableID(si *schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetNillableText 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocCreate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocCreate) SetParent 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocCreate) SetParentID 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocCreate) SetText 

func (dc *DocCreate) SetText(s string) *DocCreate

SetText sets the "text" field.

type DocCreateBulk 

type DocCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Doc entities in bulk.

func (*DocCreateBulk) Exec 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DocUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Doc.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DocUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DocUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocCreateBulk) Save 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Doc, error)

Save creates the Doc entities in the database.

func (*DocCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (dcb *DocCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Doc

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocDelete 

type DocDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocDelete is the builder for deleting a Doc entity.

func (*DocDelete) Exec 

func (dd *DocDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*DocDelete) ExecX 

func (dd *DocDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocDelete) Where 

func (dd *DocDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the DocDelete builder.

type DocDeleteOne 

type DocDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Doc entity.

func (*DocDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ddo *DocDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*DocDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ddo *DocDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocEdges 

type DocEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Doc `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*Doc `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (DocEdges) ChildrenOrErr 

func (e DocEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*Doc, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (DocEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e DocEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Doc, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type DocFilter 

type DocFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for DocQuery.

func (*DocFilter) Where 

func (f *DocFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasChildren 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.Doc)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasParent 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*DocFilter) WhereHasParentWith 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Doc)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*DocFilter) WhereID 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

func (*DocFilter) WhereText 

func (f *DocFilter) WhereText(p entql.StringP)

WhereText applies the entql string predicate on the text field.

type DocGroupBy 

type DocGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocGroupBy is the group-by builder for Doc entities.

func (*DocGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (dgb *DocGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DocGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*DocGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Int 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Scan 

func (dgb *DocGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DocGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) String 

func (s *DocGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *DocGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *DocGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocMutation 

type DocMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocMutation represents an operation that mutates the Doc nodes in the graph.

func (*DocMutation) AddChildIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by ids.

func (*DocMutation) AddField 

func (m *DocMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DocMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) AddedField 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ChildrenCleared 

func (m *DocMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the Doc entity was cleared.

func (*DocMutation) ChildrenIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ClearChildren 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ClearField 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) ClearText 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearText()

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *DocMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (DocMutation) Client 

func (m DocMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*DocMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *DocMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) Field 

func (m *DocMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *DocMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) Fields 

func (m *DocMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*DocMutation) Filter 

func (m *DocMutation) Filter() *DocFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the DocMutation builder.

func (*DocMutation) ID 

func (m *DocMutation) ID() (id schema.DocID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*DocMutation) IDs 

func (m *DocMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.DocID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) OldField 

func (m *DocMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*DocMutation) OldText 

func (m *DocMutation) OldText(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldText returns the old "text" field's value of the Doc entity. If the Doc object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DocMutation) Op 

func (m *DocMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*DocMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Doc entity was cleared.

func (*DocMutation) ParentID 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentID() (id schema.DocID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DocMutation) RemoveChildIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.DocID)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *DocMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*DocMutation) ResetChildren 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*DocMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ResetField 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DocMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*DocMutation) ResetText 

func (m *DocMutation) ResetText()

ResetText resets all changes to the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) SetField 

func (m *DocMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DocMutation) SetID 

func (m *DocMutation) SetID(id schema.DocID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Doc entities.

func (*DocMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *DocMutation) SetParentID(id schema.DocID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by id.

func (*DocMutation) SetText 

func (m *DocMutation) SetText(s string)

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocMutation) Text 

func (m *DocMutation) Text() (r string, exists bool)

Text returns the value of the "text" field in the mutation.

func (*DocMutation) TextCleared 

func (m *DocMutation) TextCleared() bool

TextCleared returns if the "text" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (DocMutation) Tx 

func (m DocMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*DocMutation) Type 

func (m *DocMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Doc).

func (*DocMutation) Where 

func (m *DocMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc)

Where appends a list predicates to the DocMutation builder.

type DocQuery 

type DocQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocQuery is the builder for querying Doc entities.

func (*DocQuery) All 

func (dq *DocQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Doc, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Docs.

func (*DocQuery) AllX 

func (dq *DocQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Doc

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Clone 

func (dq *DocQuery) Clone() *DocQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the DocQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*DocQuery) Count 

func (dq *DocQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*DocQuery) CountX 

func (dq *DocQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Exist 

func (dq *DocQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*DocQuery) ExistX 

func (dq *DocQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Filter 

func (dq *DocQuery) Filter() *DocFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the DocQuery builder.

func (*DocQuery) First 

func (dq *DocQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

First returns the first Doc entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc was found.

func (*DocQuery) FirstID 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Doc ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc ID was found.

func (*DocQuery) FirstIDX 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) FirstX 

func (dq *DocQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) GroupBy 

func (dq *DocQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *DocGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Doc.Query().
	GroupBy(doc.FieldText).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DocQuery) IDs 

func (dq *DocQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.DocID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Doc IDs.

func (*DocQuery) IDsX 

func (dq *DocQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.DocID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Limit 

func (dq *DocQuery) Limit(limit int) *DocQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) Offset 

func (dq *DocQuery) Offset(offset int) *DocQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) Only 

func (dq *DocQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Only returns a single Doc entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Doc entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Doc entities are found.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyID 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Doc ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Doc ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) OnlyX 

func (dq *DocQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocQuery) Order 

func (dq *DocQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *DocQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*DocQuery) QueryChildren 

func (dq *DocQuery) QueryChildren() *DocQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*DocQuery) QueryParent 

func (dq *DocQuery) QueryParent() *DocQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*DocQuery) Select 

func (dq *DocQuery) Select(fields ...string) *DocSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
}

client.Doc.Query().
	Select(doc.FieldText).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DocQuery) Unique 

func (dq *DocQuery) Unique(unique bool) *DocQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*DocQuery) Where 

func (dq *DocQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the DocQuery builder.

func (*DocQuery) WithChildren 

func (dq *DocQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*DocQuery)) *DocQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DocQuery) WithParent 

func (dq *DocQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*DocQuery)) *DocQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type DocSelect 

type DocSelect struct {
	*DocQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Doc entities.

func (*DocSelect) Bool 

func (s *DocSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) BoolX 

func (s *DocSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Bools 

func (s *DocSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *DocSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Float64 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) Float64X 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Float64s 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *DocSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Int 

func (s *DocSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) IntX 

func (s *DocSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Ints 

func (s *DocSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) IntsX 

func (s *DocSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Scan 

func (ds *DocSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DocSelect) ScanX 

func (s *DocSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) String 

func (s *DocSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) StringX 

func (s *DocSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocSelect) Strings 

func (s *DocSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DocSelect) StringsX 

func (s *DocSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DocUpdate 

type DocUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpdate is the builder for updating Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdate) AddChildIDs 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) AddChildren 

func (du *DocUpdate) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearChildren 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearChildren() *DocUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearParent 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearParent() *DocUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) ClearText 

func (du *DocUpdate) ClearText() *DocUpdate

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdate) Exec 

func (du *DocUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpdate) ExecX 

func (du *DocUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdate) Mutation 

func (du *DocUpdate) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveChildIDs 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdate) RemoveChildren 

func (du *DocUpdate) RemoveChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdate) Save 

func (du *DocUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*DocUpdate) SaveX 

func (du *DocUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdate) SetNillableText 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocUpdate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdate) SetParent 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdate) SetParentID 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocUpdate) SetText 

func (du *DocUpdate) SetText(s string) *DocUpdate

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdate) Where 

func (du *DocUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Doc) *DocUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the DocUpdate builder.

type DocUpdateOne 

type DocUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddChildIDs 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Doc entity by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) AddChildren 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) AddChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearChildren 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *DocUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearParent() *DocUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ClearText 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ClearText() *DocUpdateOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Exec 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Mutation() *DocMutation

Mutation returns the DocMutation object of the builder.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Doc entities by IDs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildren 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(d ...*Doc) *DocUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Doc entities.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Save 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Doc, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Doc

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpdateOne) Select 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *DocUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetNillableText 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetNillableText(s *string) *DocUpdateOne

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetParent(d *Doc) *DocUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetParentID(id schema.DocID) *DocUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Doc entity by ID.

func (*DocUpdateOne) SetText 

func (duo *DocUpdateOne) SetText(s string) *DocUpdateOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

type DocUpsert 

type DocUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

DocUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*DocUpsert) ClearText 

func (u *DocUpsert) ClearText() *DocUpsert

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsert) SetText 

func (u *DocUpsert) SetText(v string) *DocUpsert

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsert) UpdateText 

func (u *DocUpsert) UpdateText() *DocUpsert

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DocUpsertBulk 

type DocUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Doc nodes.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) ClearText 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) ClearText() *DocUpsertBulk

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *DocUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Ignore() *DocUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertBulk) SetText 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) SetText(v string) *DocUpsertBulk

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*DocUpsert)) *DocUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DocCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DocUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *DocUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(doc.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertBulk) UpdateText 

func (u *DocUpsertBulk) UpdateText() *DocUpsertBulk

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DocUpsertOne 

type DocUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DocUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Doc node.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ClearText 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ClearText() *DocUpsertOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) DoNothing() *DocUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.DocID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*DocUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.DocID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Ignore() *DocUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertOne) SetText 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) SetText(v string) *DocUpsertOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*DocUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) Update(set func(*DocUpsert)) *DocUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DocCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DocUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *DocUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Doc.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(doc.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DocUpsertOne) UpdateText 

func (u *DocUpsertOne) UpdateText() *DocUpsertOne

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Docs 

type Docs []*Doc

Docs is a parsable slice of Doc.

type Group 

type Group struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"oid,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the GroupQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges GroupEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group is the model entity for the Group schema.

func (*Group) QueryUsers 

func (gr *Group) QueryUsers() *UserQuery

QueryUsers queries the "users" edge of the Group entity.

func (*Group) String 

func (gr *Group) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Group) Unwrap 

func (gr *Group) Unwrap() *Group

Unwrap unwraps the Group entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Group) Update 

func (gr *Group) Update() *GroupUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Group. Note that you need to call Group.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Group was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type GroupClient 

type GroupClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupClient is a client for the Group schema.

func NewGroupClient 

func NewGroupClient(c config) *GroupClient

NewGroupClient returns a client for the Group from the given config.

func (*GroupClient) Create 

func (c *GroupClient) Create() *GroupCreate

Create returns a create builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *GroupClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*GroupCreate) *GroupCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Group entities.

func (*GroupClient) Delete 

func (c *GroupClient) Delete() *GroupDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *GroupClient) DeleteOne(gr *Group) *GroupDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*GroupClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *GroupClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *GroupDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*GroupClient) Get 

func (c *GroupClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Group, error)

Get returns a Group entity by its id.

func (*GroupClient) GetX 

func (c *GroupClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Group

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupClient) Hooks 

func (c *GroupClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*GroupClient) Query 

func (c *GroupClient) Query() *GroupQuery

Query returns a query builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) QueryUsers 

func (c *GroupClient) QueryUsers(gr *Group) *UserQuery

QueryUsers queries the users edge of a Group.

func (*GroupClient) Update 

func (c *GroupClient) Update() *GroupUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Group.

func (*GroupClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *GroupClient) UpdateOne(gr *Group) *GroupUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*GroupClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *GroupClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *GroupUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*GroupClient) Use 

func (c *GroupClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `group.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type GroupCreate 

type GroupCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupCreate is the builder for creating a Group entity.

func (*GroupCreate) AddUserIDs 

func (gc *GroupCreate) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupCreate

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupCreate) AddUsers 

func (gc *GroupCreate) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupCreate

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupCreate) Exec 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupCreate) ExecX 

func (gc *GroupCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupCreate) Mutation 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupCreate) OnConflict 

func (gc *GroupCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *GroupUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (gc *GroupCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *GroupUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreate) Save 

func (gc *GroupCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Save creates the Group in the database.

func (*GroupCreate) SaveX 

func (gc *GroupCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Group

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*GroupCreate) SetID 

func (gc *GroupCreate) SetID(i int) *GroupCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

type GroupCreateBulk 

type GroupCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Group entities in bulk.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) Exec 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *GroupUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Group.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *GroupUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupCreateBulk) Save 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Group, error)

Save creates the Group entities in the database.

func (*GroupCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (gcb *GroupCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Group

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupDelete 

type GroupDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupDelete is the builder for deleting a Group entity.

func (*GroupDelete) Exec 

func (gd *GroupDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*GroupDelete) ExecX 

func (gd *GroupDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupDelete) Where 

func (gd *GroupDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupDelete builder.

type GroupDeleteOne 

type GroupDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Group entity.

func (*GroupDeleteOne) Exec 

func (gdo *GroupDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*GroupDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (gdo *GroupDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupEdges 

type GroupEdges struct {
	// Users holds the value of the users edge.
	Users []*User `json:"users,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (GroupEdges) UsersOrErr 

func (e GroupEdges) UsersOrErr() ([]*User, error)

UsersOrErr returns the Users value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type GroupFilter 

type GroupFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for GroupQuery.

func (*GroupFilter) Where 

func (f *GroupFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*GroupFilter) WhereHasUsers 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereHasUsers()

WhereHasUsers applies a predicate to check if query has an edge users.

func (*GroupFilter) WhereHasUsersWith 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereHasUsersWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasUsersWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge users with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*GroupFilter) WhereID 

func (f *GroupFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

type GroupGroupBy 

type GroupGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupGroupBy is the group-by builder for Group entities.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ggb *GroupGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *GroupGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Int 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Scan 

func (ggb *GroupGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*GroupGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) String 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *GroupGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupMutation 

type GroupMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupMutation represents an operation that mutates the Group nodes in the graph.

func (*GroupMutation) AddField 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*GroupMutation) AddUserIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddUserIDs(ids ...int)

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by ids.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedField 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearField 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearUsers 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearUsers()

ClearUsers clears the "users" edge to the User entity.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *GroupMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (GroupMutation) Client 

func (m GroupMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*GroupMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Field 

func (m *GroupMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Fields 

func (m *GroupMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*GroupMutation) Filter 

func (m *GroupMutation) Filter() *GroupFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the GroupMutation builder.

func (*GroupMutation) ID 

func (m *GroupMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*GroupMutation) IDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) OldField 

func (m *GroupMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*GroupMutation) Op 

func (m *GroupMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*GroupMutation) RemoveUserIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) RemovedUsersIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) RemovedUsersIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedUsers returns the removed IDs of the "users" edge to the User entity.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetField 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*GroupMutation) ResetUsers 

func (m *GroupMutation) ResetUsers()

ResetUsers resets all changes to the "users" edge.

func (*GroupMutation) SetField 

func (m *GroupMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*GroupMutation) SetID 

func (m *GroupMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Group entities.

func (GroupMutation) Tx 

func (m GroupMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*GroupMutation) Type 

func (m *GroupMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Group).

func (*GroupMutation) UsersCleared 

func (m *GroupMutation) UsersCleared() bool

UsersCleared reports if the "users" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*GroupMutation) UsersIDs 

func (m *GroupMutation) UsersIDs() (ids []int)

UsersIDs returns the "users" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*GroupMutation) Where 

func (m *GroupMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Group)

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupMutation builder.

type GroupQuery 

type GroupQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupQuery is the builder for querying Group entities.

func (*GroupQuery) All 

func (gq *GroupQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Group, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Groups.

func (*GroupQuery) AllX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Group

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Clone 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Clone() *GroupQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the GroupQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*GroupQuery) Count 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*GroupQuery) CountX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Exist 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*GroupQuery) ExistX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Filter 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Filter() *GroupFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the GroupQuery builder.

func (*GroupQuery) First 

func (gq *GroupQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

First returns the first Group entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group was found.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstID 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Group ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group ID was found.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstIDX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) FirstX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Group

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) GroupBy 

func (gq *GroupQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *GroupGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*GroupQuery) IDs 

func (gq *GroupQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Group IDs.

func (*GroupQuery) IDsX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Limit 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Limit(limit int) *GroupQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) Offset 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Offset(offset int) *GroupQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) Only 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Only returns a single Group entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Group entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Group entities are found.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyID 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Group ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Group ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) OnlyX 

func (gq *GroupQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Group

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupQuery) Order 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *GroupQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*GroupQuery) QueryUsers 

func (gq *GroupQuery) QueryUsers() *UserQuery

QueryUsers chains the current query on the "users" edge.

func (*GroupQuery) Select 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Select(fields ...string) *GroupSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*GroupQuery) Unique 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Unique(unique bool) *GroupQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*GroupQuery) Where 

func (gq *GroupQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the GroupQuery builder.

func (*GroupQuery) WithUsers 

func (gq *GroupQuery) WithUsers(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *GroupQuery

WithUsers tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "users" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type GroupSelect 

type GroupSelect struct {
	*GroupQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Group entities.

func (*GroupSelect) Bool 

func (s *GroupSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) BoolX 

func (s *GroupSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Bools 

func (s *GroupSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64X 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64s 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *GroupSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Int 

func (s *GroupSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) IntX 

func (s *GroupSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Ints 

func (s *GroupSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) IntsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Scan 

func (gs *GroupSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*GroupSelect) ScanX 

func (s *GroupSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) String 

func (s *GroupSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) StringX 

func (s *GroupSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupSelect) Strings 

func (s *GroupSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*GroupSelect) StringsX 

func (s *GroupSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type GroupUpdate 

type GroupUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpdate is the builder for updating Group entities.

func (*GroupUpdate) AddUserIDs 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdate

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdate) AddUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdate

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdate) ClearUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) ClearUsers() *GroupUpdate

ClearUsers clears all "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdate) Exec 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpdate) ExecX 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdate) Mutation 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupUpdate) RemoveUserIDs 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdate

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdate) RemoveUsers 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) RemoveUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdate

RemoveUsers removes "users" edges to User entities.

func (*GroupUpdate) Save 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*GroupUpdate) SaveX 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdate) Where 

func (gu *GroupUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Group) *GroupUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the GroupUpdate builder.

type GroupUpdateOne 

type GroupUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Group entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) AddUserIDs 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) AddUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdateOne

AddUserIDs adds the "users" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) AddUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) AddUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdateOne

AddUsers adds the "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) ClearUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) ClearUsers() *GroupUpdateOne

ClearUsers clears all "users" edges to the User entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Exec 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Mutation() *GroupMutation

Mutation returns the GroupMutation object of the builder.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUserIDs 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUserIDs(ids ...int) *GroupUpdateOne

RemoveUserIDs removes the "users" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUsers 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) RemoveUsers(u ...*User) *GroupUpdateOne

RemoveUsers removes "users" edges to User entities.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Save 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Group, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Group entity.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Group

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpdateOne) Select 

func (guo *GroupUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *GroupUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

type GroupUpsert 

type GroupUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

GroupUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type GroupUpsertBulk 

type GroupUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Group nodes.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *GroupUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Ignore() *GroupUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*GroupUpsert)) *GroupUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the GroupCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*GroupUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *GroupUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *GroupUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(group.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type GroupUpsertOne 

type GroupUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GroupUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Group node.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) DoNothing() *GroupUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Ignore() *GroupUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*GroupUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) Update(set func(*GroupUpsert)) *GroupUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the GroupCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*GroupUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *GroupUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *GroupUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Group.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(group.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Groups 

type Groups []*Group

Groups is a parsable slice of Group.

type Hook 

type Hook = ent.Hook

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type MixinID 

type MixinID struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID uuid.UUID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SomeField holds the value of the "some_field" field.
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
	// MixinField holds the value of the "mixin_field" field.
	MixinField string `json:"mixin_field,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinID is the model entity for the MixinID schema.

func (*MixinID) String 

func (mi *MixinID) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*MixinID) Unwrap 

func (mi *MixinID) Unwrap() *MixinID

Unwrap unwraps the MixinID entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*MixinID) Update 

func (mi *MixinID) Update() *MixinIDUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this MixinID. Note that you need to call MixinID.Unwrap() before calling this method if this MixinID was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type MixinIDClient 

type MixinIDClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDClient is a client for the MixinID schema.

func NewMixinIDClient 

func NewMixinIDClient(c config) *MixinIDClient

NewMixinIDClient returns a client for the MixinID from the given config.

func (*MixinIDClient) Create 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Create() *MixinIDCreate

Create returns a create builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *MixinIDClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*MixinIDCreate) *MixinIDCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDClient) Delete 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Delete() *MixinIDDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *MixinIDClient) DeleteOne(mi *MixinID) *MixinIDDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*MixinIDClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *MixinIDClient) DeleteOneID(id uuid.UUID) *MixinIDDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*MixinIDClient) Get 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) (*MixinID, error)

Get returns a MixinID entity by its id.

func (*MixinIDClient) GetX 

func (c *MixinIDClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id uuid.UUID) *MixinID

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDClient) Hooks 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*MixinIDClient) Query 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Query() *MixinIDQuery

Query returns a query builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) Update 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Update() *MixinIDUpdate

Update returns an update builder for MixinID.

func (*MixinIDClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *MixinIDClient) UpdateOne(mi *MixinID) *MixinIDUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*MixinIDClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *MixinIDClient) UpdateOneID(id uuid.UUID) *MixinIDUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*MixinIDClient) Use 

func (c *MixinIDClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `mixinid.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type MixinIDCreate 

type MixinIDCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDCreate is the builder for creating a MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDCreate) Exec 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDCreate) ExecX 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDCreate) Mutation 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDCreate) OnConflict 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *MixinIDUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	SetSomeField(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.MixinIDUpsert) {
		SetSomeField(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreate) Save 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Save creates the MixinID in the database.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SaveX 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetID 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetID(u uuid.UUID) *MixinIDCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetMixinField 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDCreate

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetNillableID 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetNillableID(u *uuid.UUID) *MixinIDCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*MixinIDCreate) SetSomeField 

func (mic *MixinIDCreate) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDCreate

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

type MixinIDCreateBulk 

type MixinIDCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDCreateBulk is the builder for creating many MixinID entities in bulk.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) Exec 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.MixinID.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.MixinIDUpsert) {
		SetSomeField(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) Save 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*MixinID, error)

Save creates the MixinID entities in the database.

func (*MixinIDCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (micb *MixinIDCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*MixinID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDDelete 

type MixinIDDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDDelete is the builder for deleting a MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDDelete) Exec 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*MixinIDDelete) ExecX 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDDelete) Where 

func (mid *MixinIDDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDDelete builder.

type MixinIDDeleteOne 

type MixinIDDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDDeleteOne) Exec 

func (mido *MixinIDDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*MixinIDDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (mido *MixinIDDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDFilter 

type MixinIDFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for MixinIDQuery.

func (*MixinIDFilter) Where 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereID 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereID(p entql.ValueP)

WhereID applies the entql [16]byte predicate on the id field.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereMixinField 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereMixinField(p entql.StringP)

WhereMixinField applies the entql string predicate on the mixin_field field.

func (*MixinIDFilter) WhereSomeField 

func (f *MixinIDFilter) WhereSomeField(p entql.StringP)

WhereSomeField applies the entql string predicate on the some_field field.

type MixinIDGroupBy 

type MixinIDGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDGroupBy is the group-by builder for MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (migb *MixinIDGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *MixinIDGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Int 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Scan 

func (migb *MixinIDGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) String 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *MixinIDGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDMutation 

type MixinIDMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDMutation represents an operation that mutates the MixinID nodes in the graph.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (MixinIDMutation) Client 

func (m MixinIDMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*MixinIDMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Field 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Fields 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*MixinIDMutation) Filter 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Filter() *MixinIDFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the MixinIDMutation builder.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ID 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ID() (id uuid.UUID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*MixinIDMutation) IDs 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) MixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) MixinField() (r string, exists bool)

MixinField returns the value of the "mixin_field" field in the mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldMixinField(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldMixinField returns the old "mixin_field" field's value of the MixinID entity. If the MixinID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*MixinIDMutation) OldSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) OldSomeField(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldSomeField returns the old "some_field" field's value of the MixinID entity. If the MixinID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Op 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*MixinIDMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetMixinField()

ResetMixinField resets all changes to the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) ResetSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) ResetSomeField()

ResetSomeField resets all changes to the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetID 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetID(id uuid.UUID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetMixinField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetMixinField(s string)

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SetSomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SetSomeField(s string)

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDMutation) SomeField 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) SomeField() (r string, exists bool)

SomeField returns the value of the "some_field" field in the mutation.

func (MixinIDMutation) Tx 

func (m MixinIDMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*MixinIDMutation) Type 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (MixinID).

func (*MixinIDMutation) Where 

func (m *MixinIDMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID)

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDMutation builder.

type MixinIDQuery 

type MixinIDQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDQuery is the builder for querying MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDQuery) All 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*MixinID, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of MixinIDs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) AllX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*MixinID

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Clone 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Clone() *MixinIDQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the MixinIDQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Count 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) CountX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Exist 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*MixinIDQuery) ExistX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Filter 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Filter() *MixinIDFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the MixinIDQuery builder.

func (*MixinIDQuery) First 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

First returns the first MixinID entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID was found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstID 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

FirstID returns the first MixinID ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID ID was found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstIDX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) FirstX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) GroupBy 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *MixinIDGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.MixinID.Query().
	GroupBy(mixinid.FieldSomeField).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*MixinIDQuery) IDs 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]uuid.UUID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of MixinID IDs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) IDsX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []uuid.UUID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Limit 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Limit(limit int) *MixinIDQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Offset 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Offset(offset int) *MixinIDQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Only 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Only returns a single MixinID entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one MixinID entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no MixinID entities are found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyID 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only MixinID ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one MixinID ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) OnlyX 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Order 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *MixinIDQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Select 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Select(fields ...string) *MixinIDSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SomeField string `json:"some_field,omitempty"`
}

client.MixinID.Query().
	Select(mixinid.FieldSomeField).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*MixinIDQuery) Unique 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Unique(unique bool) *MixinIDQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*MixinIDQuery) Where 

func (miq *MixinIDQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the MixinIDQuery builder.

type MixinIDSelect 

type MixinIDSelect struct {
	*MixinIDQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDSelect is the builder for selecting fields of MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Bool 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) BoolX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Bools 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64X 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64s 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Int 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) IntX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Ints 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) IntsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Scan 

func (mis *MixinIDSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*MixinIDSelect) ScanX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) String 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) StringX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDSelect) Strings 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*MixinIDSelect) StringsX 

func (s *MixinIDSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type MixinIDUpdate 

type MixinIDUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpdate is the builder for updating MixinID entities.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Exec 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) ExecX 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Mutation 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Save 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SaveX 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SetMixinField 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDUpdate

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) SetSomeField 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDUpdate

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdate) Where 

func (miu *MixinIDUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.MixinID) *MixinIDUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the MixinIDUpdate builder.

type MixinIDUpdateOne 

type MixinIDUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Exec 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Mutation() *MixinIDMutation

Mutation returns the MixinIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Save 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*MixinID, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated MixinID entity.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *MixinID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) Select 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SetMixinField 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SetMixinField(s string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpdateOne) SetSomeField 

func (miuo *MixinIDUpdateOne) SetSomeField(s string) *MixinIDUpdateOne

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

type MixinIDUpsert 

type MixinIDUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

MixinIDUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) SetMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsert

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) SetSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsert

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) UpdateMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsert

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsert) UpdateSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsert) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsert

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDUpsertBulk 

type MixinIDUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of MixinID nodes.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Ignore() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*MixinIDUpsert)) *MixinIDUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the MixinIDCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(mixinid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertBulk) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsertBulk

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDUpsertOne 

type MixinIDUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MixinIDUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one MixinID node.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) DoNothing() *MixinIDUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id uuid.UUID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) uuid.UUID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Ignore() *MixinIDUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) SetMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) SetMixinField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

SetMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) SetSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) SetSomeField(v string) *MixinIDUpsertOne

SetSomeField sets the "some_field" field.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) Update(set func(*MixinIDUpsert)) *MixinIDUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the MixinIDCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateMixinField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateMixinField() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateMixinField sets the "mixin_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.MixinID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(mixinid.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateSomeField 

func (u *MixinIDUpsertOne) UpdateSomeField() *MixinIDUpsertOne

UpdateSomeField sets the "some_field" field to the value that was provided on create.

type MixinIDs 

type MixinIDs []*MixinID

MixinIDs is a parsable slice of MixinID.

type MutateFunc 

type MutateFunc = ent.MutateFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutation 

type Mutation = ent.Mutation

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutator 

type Mutator = ent.Mutator

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type NotFoundError 

type NotFoundError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotFoundError returns when trying to fetch a specific entity and it was not found in the database.

func (*NotFoundError) Error 

func (e *NotFoundError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotLoadedError 

type NotLoadedError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotLoadedError returns when trying to get a node that was not loaded by the query.

func (*NotLoadedError) Error 

func (e *NotLoadedError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotSingularError 

type NotSingularError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotSingularError returns when trying to fetch a singular entity and more then one was found in the database.

func (*NotSingularError) Error 

func (e *NotSingularError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type Note 

type Note struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.NoteID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Text holds the value of the "text" field.
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the NoteQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges NoteEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Note is the model entity for the Note schema.

func (*Note) QueryChildren 

func (n *Note) QueryChildren() *NoteQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the Note entity.

func (*Note) QueryParent 

func (n *Note) QueryParent() *NoteQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the Note entity.

func (*Note) String 

func (n *Note) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Note) Unwrap 

func (n *Note) Unwrap() *Note

Unwrap unwraps the Note entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Note) Update 

func (n *Note) Update() *NoteUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Note. Note that you need to call Note.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Note was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type NoteClient 

type NoteClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteClient is a client for the Note schema.

func NewNoteClient 

func NewNoteClient(c config) *NoteClient

NewNoteClient returns a client for the Note from the given config.

func (*NoteClient) Create 

func (c *NoteClient) Create() *NoteCreate

Create returns a create builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *NoteClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*NoteCreate) *NoteCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Note entities.

func (*NoteClient) Delete 

func (c *NoteClient) Delete() *NoteDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *NoteClient) DeleteOne(n *Note) *NoteDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*NoteClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *NoteClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*NoteClient) Get 

func (c *NoteClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.NoteID) (*Note, error)

Get returns a Note entity by its id.

func (*NoteClient) GetX 

func (c *NoteClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.NoteID) *Note

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteClient) Hooks 

func (c *NoteClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*NoteClient) Query 

func (c *NoteClient) Query() *NoteQuery

Query returns a query builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) QueryChildren 

func (c *NoteClient) QueryChildren(n *Note) *NoteQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a Note.

func (*NoteClient) QueryParent 

func (c *NoteClient) QueryParent(n *Note) *NoteQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a Note.

func (*NoteClient) Update 

func (c *NoteClient) Update() *NoteUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Note.

func (*NoteClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *NoteClient) UpdateOne(n *Note) *NoteUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*NoteClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *NoteClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*NoteClient) Use 

func (c *NoteClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `note.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type NoteCreate 

type NoteCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteCreate is the builder for creating a Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) AddChildIDs 

func (nc *NoteCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteCreate) AddChildren 

func (nc *NoteCreate) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) Exec 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteCreate) ExecX 

func (nc *NoteCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteCreate) Mutation 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteCreate) OnConflict 

func (nc *NoteCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *NoteUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Note.Create().
	SetText(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.NoteUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (nc *NoteCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *NoteUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreate) Save 

func (nc *NoteCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Save creates the Note in the database.

func (*NoteCreate) SaveX 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Note

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*NoteCreate) SetID 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetID(si schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableID 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableID(si *schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetNillableText 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteCreate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteCreate) SetParent 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteCreate) SetParentID 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteCreate) SetText 

func (nc *NoteCreate) SetText(s string) *NoteCreate

SetText sets the "text" field.

type NoteCreateBulk 

type NoteCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Note entities in bulk.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *NoteUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Note.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.NoteUpsert) {
		SetText(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *NoteUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteCreateBulk) Save 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Note, error)

Save creates the Note entities in the database.

func (*NoteCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ncb *NoteCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Note

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteDelete 

type NoteDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteDelete is the builder for deleting a Note entity.

func (*NoteDelete) Exec 

func (nd *NoteDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*NoteDelete) ExecX 

func (nd *NoteDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteDelete) Where 

func (nd *NoteDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteDelete builder.

type NoteDeleteOne 

type NoteDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Note entity.

func (*NoteDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ndo *NoteDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*NoteDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ndo *NoteDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteEdges 

type NoteEdges struct {
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *Note `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*Note `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (NoteEdges) ChildrenOrErr 

func (e NoteEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*Note, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (NoteEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e NoteEdges) ParentOrErr() (*Note, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type NoteFilter 

type NoteFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for NoteQuery.

func (*NoteFilter) Where 

func (f *NoteFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasChildren 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.Note)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasParent 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereHasParentWith 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.Note)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*NoteFilter) WhereID 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

func (*NoteFilter) WhereText 

func (f *NoteFilter) WhereText(p entql.StringP)

WhereText applies the entql string predicate on the text field.

type NoteGroupBy 

type NoteGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteGroupBy is the group-by builder for Note entities.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ngb *NoteGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *NoteGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Int 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Scan 

func (ngb *NoteGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*NoteGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) String 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *NoteGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteMutation 

type NoteMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteMutation represents an operation that mutates the Note nodes in the graph.

func (*NoteMutation) AddChildIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by ids.

func (*NoteMutation) AddField 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedField 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ChildrenCleared 

func (m *NoteMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the Note entity was cleared.

func (*NoteMutation) ChildrenIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearChildren 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearField 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearText 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearText()

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *NoteMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (NoteMutation) Client 

func (m NoteMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*NoteMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *NoteMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) Field 

func (m *NoteMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *NoteMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) Fields 

func (m *NoteMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*NoteMutation) Filter 

func (m *NoteMutation) Filter() *NoteFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the NoteMutation builder.

func (*NoteMutation) ID 

func (m *NoteMutation) ID() (id schema.NoteID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*NoteMutation) IDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.NoteID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) OldField 

func (m *NoteMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*NoteMutation) OldText 

func (m *NoteMutation) OldText(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldText returns the old "text" field's value of the Note entity. If the Note object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*NoteMutation) Op 

func (m *NoteMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the Note entity was cleared.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentID 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentID() (id schema.NoteID, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*NoteMutation) RemoveChildIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []schema.NoteID)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *NoteMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetChildren 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetField 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*NoteMutation) ResetText 

func (m *NoteMutation) ResetText()

ResetText resets all changes to the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) SetField 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*NoteMutation) SetID 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetID(id schema.NoteID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Note entities.

func (*NoteMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by id.

func (*NoteMutation) SetText 

func (m *NoteMutation) SetText(s string)

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteMutation) Text 

func (m *NoteMutation) Text() (r string, exists bool)

Text returns the value of the "text" field in the mutation.

func (*NoteMutation) TextCleared 

func (m *NoteMutation) TextCleared() bool

TextCleared returns if the "text" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (NoteMutation) Tx 

func (m NoteMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*NoteMutation) Type 

func (m *NoteMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Note).

func (*NoteMutation) Where 

func (m *NoteMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Note)

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteMutation builder.

type NoteQuery 

type NoteQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteQuery is the builder for querying Note entities.

func (*NoteQuery) All 

func (nq *NoteQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Note, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Notes.

func (*NoteQuery) AllX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Note

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Clone 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Clone() *NoteQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the NoteQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*NoteQuery) Count 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*NoteQuery) CountX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Exist 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*NoteQuery) ExistX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Filter 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Filter() *NoteFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the NoteQuery builder.

func (*NoteQuery) First 

func (nq *NoteQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

First returns the first Note entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note was found.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstID 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Note ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note ID was found.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstIDX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) FirstX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Note

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) GroupBy 

func (nq *NoteQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *NoteGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Note.Query().
	GroupBy(note.FieldText).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*NoteQuery) IDs 

func (nq *NoteQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.NoteID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Note IDs.

func (*NoteQuery) IDsX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.NoteID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Limit 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Limit(limit int) *NoteQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) Offset 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Offset(offset int) *NoteQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) Only 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Only returns a single Note entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Note entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Note entities are found.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyID 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Note ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Note ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) OnlyX 

func (nq *NoteQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Note

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteQuery) Order 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *NoteQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*NoteQuery) QueryChildren 

func (nq *NoteQuery) QueryChildren() *NoteQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*NoteQuery) QueryParent 

func (nq *NoteQuery) QueryParent() *NoteQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*NoteQuery) Select 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Select(fields ...string) *NoteSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
}

client.Note.Query().
	Select(note.FieldText).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*NoteQuery) Unique 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Unique(unique bool) *NoteQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*NoteQuery) Where 

func (nq *NoteQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the NoteQuery builder.

func (*NoteQuery) WithChildren 

func (nq *NoteQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*NoteQuery)) *NoteQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*NoteQuery) WithParent 

func (nq *NoteQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*NoteQuery)) *NoteQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type NoteSelect 

type NoteSelect struct {
	*NoteQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Note entities.

func (*NoteSelect) Bool 

func (s *NoteSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) BoolX 

func (s *NoteSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Bools 

func (s *NoteSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *NoteSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64X 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64s 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *NoteSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Int 

func (s *NoteSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) IntX 

func (s *NoteSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Ints 

func (s *NoteSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) IntsX 

func (s *NoteSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Scan 

func (ns *NoteSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*NoteSelect) ScanX 

func (s *NoteSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) String 

func (s *NoteSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) StringX 

func (s *NoteSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteSelect) Strings 

func (s *NoteSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*NoteSelect) StringsX 

func (s *NoteSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type NoteUpdate 

type NoteUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpdate is the builder for updating Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdate) AddChildIDs 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdate) AddChildren 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearChildren 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearChildren() *NoteUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearParent 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearParent() *NoteUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) ClearText 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ClearText() *NoteUpdate

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdate) Exec 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpdate) ExecX 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdate) Mutation 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteUpdate) RemoveChildIDs 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Note entities by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdate) RemoveChildren 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) RemoveChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdate) Save 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*NoteUpdate) SaveX 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetNillableText 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteUpdate

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetParent 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetParentID 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteUpdate) SetText 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) SetText(s string) *NoteUpdate

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdate) Where 

func (nu *NoteUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Note) *NoteUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the NoteUpdate builder.

type NoteUpdateOne 

type NoteUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) AddChildIDs 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the Note entity by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) AddChildren 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) AddChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearChildren 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearParent() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ClearText 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ClearText() *NoteUpdateOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Exec 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Mutation() *NoteMutation

Mutation returns the NoteMutation object of the builder.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to Note entities by IDs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildren 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(n ...*Note) *NoteUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to Note entities.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Save 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Note, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Note

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) Select 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *NoteUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableText 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetNillableText(s *string) *NoteUpdateOne

SetNillableText sets the "text" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetParent(n *Note) *NoteUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetParentID(id schema.NoteID) *NoteUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the Note entity by ID.

func (*NoteUpdateOne) SetText 

func (nuo *NoteUpdateOne) SetText(s string) *NoteUpdateOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

type NoteUpsert 

type NoteUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

NoteUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*NoteUpsert) ClearText 

func (u *NoteUpsert) ClearText() *NoteUpsert

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsert) SetText 

func (u *NoteUpsert) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsert

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsert) UpdateText 

func (u *NoteUpsert) UpdateText() *NoteUpsert

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type NoteUpsertBulk 

type NoteUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Note nodes.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) ClearText 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) ClearText() *NoteUpsertBulk

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *NoteUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Ignore() *NoteUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) SetText 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsertBulk

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*NoteUpsert)) *NoteUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the NoteCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *NoteUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(note.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateText 

func (u *NoteUpsertBulk) UpdateText() *NoteUpsertBulk

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type NoteUpsertOne 

type NoteUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NoteUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Note node.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ClearText 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ClearText() *NoteUpsertOne

ClearText clears the value of the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) DoNothing() *NoteUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.NoteID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.NoteID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Ignore() *NoteUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertOne) SetText 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) SetText(v string) *NoteUpsertOne

SetText sets the "text" field.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) Update(set func(*NoteUpsert)) *NoteUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the NoteCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*NoteUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *NoteUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Note.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(note.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*NoteUpsertOne) UpdateText 

func (u *NoteUpsertOne) UpdateText() *NoteUpsertOne

UpdateText sets the "text" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Notes 

type Notes []*Note

Notes is a parsable slice of Note.

type Op 

type Op = ent.Op

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Option 

type Option func(*config)

Option function to configure the client.

func Debug 

func Debug() Option

Debug enables debug logging on the ent.Driver.

func Driver 

func Driver(driver dialect.Driver) Option

Driver configures the client driver.

func Log 

func Log(fn func(...interface{})) Option

Log sets the logging function for debug mode.

type OrderFunc 

type OrderFunc func(*sql.Selector)

OrderFunc applies an ordering on the sql selector.

func Asc 

func Asc(fields ...string) OrderFunc

Asc applies the given fields in ASC order.

func Desc 

func Desc(fields ...string) OrderFunc

Desc applies the given fields in DESC order.

type Other 

type Other struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Other is the model entity for the Other schema.

func (*Other) String 

func (o *Other) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Other) Unwrap 

func (o *Other) Unwrap() *Other

Unwrap unwraps the Other entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Other) Update 

func (o *Other) Update() *OtherUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Other. Note that you need to call Other.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Other was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type OtherClient 

type OtherClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherClient is a client for the Other schema.

func NewOtherClient 

func NewOtherClient(c config) *OtherClient

NewOtherClient returns a client for the Other from the given config.

func (*OtherClient) Create 

func (c *OtherClient) Create() *OtherCreate

Create returns a create builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *OtherClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*OtherCreate) *OtherCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Other entities.

func (*OtherClient) Delete 

func (c *OtherClient) Delete() *OtherDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *OtherClient) DeleteOne(o *Other) *OtherDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*OtherClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *OtherClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *OtherDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*OtherClient) Get 

func (c *OtherClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Other, error)

Get returns a Other entity by its id.

func (*OtherClient) GetX 

func (c *OtherClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Other

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherClient) Hooks 

func (c *OtherClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*OtherClient) Query 

func (c *OtherClient) Query() *OtherQuery

Query returns a query builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) Update 

func (c *OtherClient) Update() *OtherUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Other.

func (*OtherClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *OtherClient) UpdateOne(o *Other) *OtherUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*OtherClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *OtherClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *OtherUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*OtherClient) Use 

func (c *OtherClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `other.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type OtherCreate 

type OtherCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherCreate is the builder for creating a Other entity.

func (*OtherCreate) Exec 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherCreate) ExecX 

func (oc *OtherCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherCreate) Mutation 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherCreate) OnConflict 

func (oc *OtherCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OtherUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (oc *OtherCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OtherUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreate) Save 

func (oc *OtherCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Save creates the Other in the database.

func (*OtherCreate) SaveX 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Other

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*OtherCreate) SetID 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *OtherCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*OtherCreate) SetNillableID 

func (oc *OtherCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *OtherCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type OtherCreateBulk 

type OtherCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Other entities in bulk.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OtherUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Other.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OtherUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherCreateBulk) Save 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Other, error)

Save creates the Other entities in the database.

func (*OtherCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ocb *OtherCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Other

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherDelete 

type OtherDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherDelete is the builder for deleting a Other entity.

func (*OtherDelete) Exec 

func (od *OtherDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*OtherDelete) ExecX 

func (od *OtherDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherDelete) Where 

func (od *OtherDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherDelete builder.

type OtherDeleteOne 

type OtherDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Other entity.

func (*OtherDeleteOne) Exec 

func (odo *OtherDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*OtherDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (odo *OtherDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherFilter 

type OtherFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for OtherQuery.

func (*OtherFilter) Where 

func (f *OtherFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*OtherFilter) WhereID 

func (f *OtherFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type OtherGroupBy 

type OtherGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherGroupBy is the group-by builder for Other entities.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ogb *OtherGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OtherGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Int 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Scan 

func (ogb *OtherGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OtherGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) String 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *OtherGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherMutation 

type OtherMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherMutation represents an operation that mutates the Other nodes in the graph.

func (*OtherMutation) AddField 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedField 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *OtherMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearField 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *OtherMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (OtherMutation) Client 

func (m OtherMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*OtherMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *OtherMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) Field 

func (m *OtherMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *OtherMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) Fields 

func (m *OtherMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*OtherMutation) Filter 

func (m *OtherMutation) Filter() *OtherFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the OtherMutation builder.

func (*OtherMutation) ID 

func (m *OtherMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*OtherMutation) IDs 

func (m *OtherMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) OldField 

func (m *OtherMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*OtherMutation) Op 

func (m *OtherMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*OtherMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *OtherMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *OtherMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*OtherMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *OtherMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) ResetField 

func (m *OtherMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OtherMutation) SetField 

func (m *OtherMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OtherMutation) SetID 

func (m *OtherMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Other entities.

func (OtherMutation) Tx 

func (m OtherMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*OtherMutation) Type 

func (m *OtherMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Other).

func (*OtherMutation) Where 

func (m *OtherMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Other)

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherMutation builder.

type OtherQuery 

type OtherQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherQuery is the builder for querying Other entities.

func (*OtherQuery) All 

func (oq *OtherQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Other, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Others.

func (*OtherQuery) AllX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Other

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Clone 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Clone() *OtherQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the OtherQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*OtherQuery) Count 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*OtherQuery) CountX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Exist 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*OtherQuery) ExistX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Filter 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Filter() *OtherFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the OtherQuery builder.

func (*OtherQuery) First 

func (oq *OtherQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

First returns the first Other entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other was found.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstID 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Other ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other ID was found.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstIDX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) FirstX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Other

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) GroupBy 

func (oq *OtherQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *OtherGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*OtherQuery) IDs 

func (oq *OtherQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Other IDs.

func (*OtherQuery) IDsX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Limit 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Limit(limit int) *OtherQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Offset 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Offset(offset int) *OtherQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Only 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Only returns a single Other entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Other entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Other entities are found.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyID 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Other ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Other ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) OnlyX 

func (oq *OtherQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Other

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherQuery) Order 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *OtherQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*OtherQuery) Select 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Select(fields ...string) *OtherSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*OtherQuery) Unique 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Unique(unique bool) *OtherQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*OtherQuery) Where 

func (oq *OtherQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the OtherQuery builder.

type OtherSelect 

type OtherSelect struct {
	*OtherQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Other entities.

func (*OtherSelect) Bool 

func (s *OtherSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) BoolX 

func (s *OtherSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Bools 

func (s *OtherSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *OtherSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64X 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64s 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *OtherSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Int 

func (s *OtherSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) IntX 

func (s *OtherSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Ints 

func (s *OtherSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) IntsX 

func (s *OtherSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Scan 

func (os *OtherSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OtherSelect) ScanX 

func (s *OtherSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) String 

func (s *OtherSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) StringX 

func (s *OtherSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherSelect) Strings 

func (s *OtherSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OtherSelect) StringsX 

func (s *OtherSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OtherUpdate 

type OtherUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpdate is the builder for updating Other entities.

func (*OtherUpdate) Exec 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpdate) ExecX 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdate) Mutation 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherUpdate) Save 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*OtherUpdate) SaveX 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdate) Where 

func (ou *OtherUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Other) *OtherUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the OtherUpdate builder.

type OtherUpdateOne 

type OtherUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Other entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Exec 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Mutation() *OtherMutation

Mutation returns the OtherMutation object of the builder.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Save 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Other, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Other entity.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Other

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpdateOne) Select 

func (ouo *OtherUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *OtherUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

type OtherUpsert 

type OtherUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

OtherUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type OtherUpsertBulk 

type OtherUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Other nodes.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *OtherUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Ignore() *OtherUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*OtherUpsert)) *OtherUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OtherCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OtherUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *OtherUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *OtherUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(other.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type OtherUpsertOne 

type OtherUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OtherUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Other node.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) DoNothing() *OtherUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Ignore() *OtherUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*OtherUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) Update(set func(*OtherUpsert)) *OtherUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OtherCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OtherUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *OtherUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *OtherUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Other.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(other.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Others 

type Others []*Other

Others is a parsable slice of Other.

type Pet 

type Pet struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PetQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PetEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Pet is the model entity for the Pet schema.

func (*Pet) QueryBestFriend 

func (pe *Pet) QueryBestFriend() *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend queries the "best_friend" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryCars 

func (pe *Pet) QueryCars() *CarQuery

QueryCars queries the "cars" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryFriends 

func (pe *Pet) QueryFriends() *PetQuery

QueryFriends queries the "friends" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) QueryOwner 

func (pe *Pet) QueryOwner() *UserQuery

QueryOwner queries the "owner" edge of the Pet entity.

func (*Pet) String 

func (pe *Pet) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Pet) Unwrap 

func (pe *Pet) Unwrap() *Pet

Unwrap unwraps the Pet entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Pet) Update 

func (pe *Pet) Update() *PetUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Pet. Note that you need to call Pet.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Pet was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type PetClient 

type PetClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetClient is a client for the Pet schema.

func NewPetClient 

func NewPetClient(c config) *PetClient

NewPetClient returns a client for the Pet from the given config.

func (*PetClient) Create 

func (c *PetClient) Create() *PetCreate

Create returns a create builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PetClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PetCreate) *PetCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Pet entities.

func (*PetClient) Delete 

func (c *PetClient) Delete() *PetDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PetClient) DeleteOne(pe *Pet) *PetDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*PetClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PetClient) DeleteOneID(id string) *PetDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*PetClient) Get 

func (c *PetClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id string) (*Pet, error)

Get returns a Pet entity by its id.

func (*PetClient) GetX 

func (c *PetClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id string) *Pet

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetClient) Hooks 

func (c *PetClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PetClient) Query 

func (c *PetClient) Query() *PetQuery

Query returns a query builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryBestFriend 

func (c *PetClient) QueryBestFriend(pe *Pet) *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend queries the best_friend edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryCars 

func (c *PetClient) QueryCars(pe *Pet) *CarQuery

QueryCars queries the cars edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryFriends 

func (c *PetClient) QueryFriends(pe *Pet) *PetQuery

QueryFriends queries the friends edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) QueryOwner 

func (c *PetClient) QueryOwner(pe *Pet) *UserQuery

QueryOwner queries the owner edge of a Pet.

func (*PetClient) Update 

func (c *PetClient) Update() *PetUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Pet.

func (*PetClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PetClient) UpdateOne(pe *Pet) *PetUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PetClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PetClient) UpdateOneID(id string) *PetUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PetClient) Use 

func (c *PetClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `pet.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PetCreate 

type PetCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetCreate is the builder for creating a Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) AddCarIDs 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetCreate

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetCreate) AddCars 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetCreate

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetCreate) AddFriendIDs 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetCreate

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetCreate) AddFriends 

func (pc *PetCreate) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetCreate

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) Exec 

func (pc *PetCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetCreate) ExecX 

func (pc *PetCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetCreate) Mutation 

func (pc *PetCreate) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetCreate) OnConflict 

func (pc *PetCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PetUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (pc *PetCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PetUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreate) Save 

func (pc *PetCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Save creates the Pet in the database.

func (*PetCreate) SaveX 

func (pc *PetCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PetCreate) SetBestFriend 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetCreate

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetCreate) SetBestFriendID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetCreate

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetCreate) SetID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetID(s string) *PetCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetCreate

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableID(s *string) *PetCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetCreate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetCreate) SetOwner 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetOwner(u *User) *PetCreate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetCreate) SetOwnerID 

func (pc *PetCreate) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetCreate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

type PetCreateBulk 

type PetCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Pet entities in bulk.

func (*PetCreateBulk) Exec 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PetUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Pet.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PetUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetCreateBulk) Save 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Pet, error)

Save creates the Pet entities in the database.

func (*PetCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pcb *PetCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Pet

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetDelete 

type PetDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetDelete is the builder for deleting a Pet entity.

func (*PetDelete) Exec 

func (pd *PetDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PetDelete) ExecX 

func (pd *PetDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetDelete) Where 

func (pd *PetDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PetDelete builder.

type PetDeleteOne 

type PetDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Pet entity.

func (*PetDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pdo *PetDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PetDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pdo *PetDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetEdges 

type PetEdges struct {
	// Owner holds the value of the owner edge.
	Owner *User `json:"owner,omitempty"`
	// Cars holds the value of the cars edge.
	Cars []*Car `json:"cars,omitempty"`
	// Friends holds the value of the friends edge.
	Friends []*Pet `json:"friends,omitempty"`
	// BestFriend holds the value of the best_friend edge.
	BestFriend *Pet `json:"best_friend,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PetEdges) BestFriendOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) BestFriendOrErr() (*Pet, error)

BestFriendOrErr returns the BestFriend value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PetEdges) CarsOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) CarsOrErr() ([]*Car, error)

CarsOrErr returns the Cars value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PetEdges) FriendsOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) FriendsOrErr() ([]*Pet, error)

FriendsOrErr returns the Friends value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PetEdges) OwnerOrErr 

func (e PetEdges) OwnerOrErr() (*User, error)

OwnerOrErr returns the Owner value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type PetFilter 

type PetFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for PetQuery.

func (*PetFilter) Where 

func (f *PetFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriend 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriend()

WhereHasBestFriend applies a predicate to check if query has an edge best_friend.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriendWith 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasBestFriendWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasBestFriendWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge best_friend with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasCars 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasCars()

WhereHasCars applies a predicate to check if query has an edge cars.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasCarsWith 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasCarsWith(preds ...predicate.Car)

WhereHasCarsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge cars with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasFriends 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasFriends()

WhereHasFriends applies a predicate to check if query has an edge friends.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasFriendsWith 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasFriendsWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasFriendsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge friends with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasOwner 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasOwner()

WhereHasOwner applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner.

func (*PetFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereHasOwnerWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasOwnerWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge owner with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*PetFilter) WhereID 

func (f *PetFilter) WhereID(p entql.StringP)

WhereID applies the entql string predicate on the id field.

type PetGroupBy 

type PetGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetGroupBy is the group-by builder for Pet entities.

func (*PetGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pgb *PetGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PetGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PetGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Scan 

func (pgb *PetGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PetGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) String 

func (s *PetGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PetGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PetGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetMutation 

type PetMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetMutation represents an operation that mutates the Pet nodes in the graph.

func (*PetMutation) AddCarIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddCarIDs(ids ...int)

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by ids.

func (*PetMutation) AddField 

func (m *PetMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PetMutation) AddFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string)

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by ids.

func (*PetMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendCleared() bool

BestFriendCleared reports if the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendID 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendID() (id string, exists bool)

BestFriendID returns the "best_friend" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) BestFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) BestFriendIDs() (ids []string)

BestFriendIDs returns the "best_friend" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use BestFriendID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PetMutation) CarsCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) CarsCleared() bool

CarsCleared reports if the "cars" edge to the Car entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) CarsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) CarsIDs() (ids []int)

CarsIDs returns the "cars" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ClearBestFriend 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearBestFriend()

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearCars 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearCars()

ClearCars clears the "cars" edge to the Car entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ClearFriends 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearFriends()

ClearFriends clears the "friends" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearOwner 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearOwner()

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PetMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PetMutation) Client 

func (m PetMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PetMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) Field 

func (m *PetMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) Fields 

func (m *PetMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PetMutation) Filter 

func (m *PetMutation) Filter() *PetFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the PetMutation builder.

func (*PetMutation) FriendsCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) FriendsCleared() bool

FriendsCleared reports if the "friends" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) FriendsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) FriendsIDs() (ids []string)

FriendsIDs returns the "friends" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ID 

func (m *PetMutation) ID() (id string, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PetMutation) IDs 

func (m *PetMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) OldField 

func (m *PetMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PetMutation) Op 

func (m *PetMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerCleared 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerCleared() bool

OwnerCleared reports if the "owner" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerID 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerID() (id int, exists bool)

OwnerID returns the "owner" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*PetMutation) OwnerIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) OwnerIDs() (ids []int)

OwnerIDs returns the "owner" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use OwnerID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PetMutation) RemoveCarIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetMutation) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string)

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedCarsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedCarsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedCars returns the removed IDs of the "cars" edge to the Car entity.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedFriendsIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedFriendsIDs() (ids []string)

RemovedFriends returns the removed IDs of the "friends" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PetMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PetMutation) ResetBestFriend 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetBestFriend()

ResetBestFriend resets all changes to the "best_friend" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetCars 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetCars()

ResetCars resets all changes to the "cars" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PetMutation) ResetFriends 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetFriends()

ResetFriends resets all changes to the "friends" edge.

func (*PetMutation) ResetOwner 

func (m *PetMutation) ResetOwner()

ResetOwner resets all changes to the "owner" edge.

func (*PetMutation) SetBestFriendID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetBestFriendID(id string)

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by id.

func (*PetMutation) SetField 

func (m *PetMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PetMutation) SetID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetID(id string)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Pet entities.

func (*PetMutation) SetOwnerID 

func (m *PetMutation) SetOwnerID(id int)

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by id.

func (PetMutation) Tx 

func (m PetMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PetMutation) Type 

func (m *PetMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Pet).

func (*PetMutation) Where 

func (m *PetMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet)

Where appends a list predicates to the PetMutation builder.

type PetQuery 

type PetQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetQuery is the builder for querying Pet entities.

func (*PetQuery) All 

func (pq *PetQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Pet, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Pets.

func (*PetQuery) AllX 

func (pq *PetQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Pet

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Clone 

func (pq *PetQuery) Clone() *PetQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PetQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PetQuery) Count 

func (pq *PetQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PetQuery) CountX 

func (pq *PetQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Exist 

func (pq *PetQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PetQuery) ExistX 

func (pq *PetQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Filter 

func (pq *PetQuery) Filter() *PetFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the PetQuery builder.

func (*PetQuery) First 

func (pq *PetQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

First returns the first Pet entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet was found.

func (*PetQuery) FirstID 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

FirstID returns the first Pet ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet ID was found.

func (*PetQuery) FirstIDX 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) string

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) FirstX 

func (pq *PetQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) GroupBy 

func (pq *PetQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PetGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*PetQuery) IDs 

func (pq *PetQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Pet IDs.

func (*PetQuery) IDsX 

func (pq *PetQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []string

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Limit 

func (pq *PetQuery) Limit(limit int) *PetQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) Offset 

func (pq *PetQuery) Offset(offset int) *PetQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) Only 

func (pq *PetQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Only returns a single Pet entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Pet entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Pet entities are found.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyID 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Pet ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Pet ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) string

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) OnlyX 

func (pq *PetQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetQuery) Order 

func (pq *PetQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *PetQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*PetQuery) QueryBestFriend 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryBestFriend() *PetQuery

QueryBestFriend chains the current query on the "best_friend" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryCars 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryCars() *CarQuery

QueryCars chains the current query on the "cars" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryFriends 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryFriends() *PetQuery

QueryFriends chains the current query on the "friends" edge.

func (*PetQuery) QueryOwner 

func (pq *PetQuery) QueryOwner() *UserQuery

QueryOwner chains the current query on the "owner" edge.

func (*PetQuery) Select 

func (pq *PetQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PetSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*PetQuery) Unique 

func (pq *PetQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PetQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PetQuery) Where 

func (pq *PetQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PetQuery builder.

func (*PetQuery) WithBestFriend 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithBestFriend(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *PetQuery

WithBestFriend tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "best_friend" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithCars 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithCars(opts ...func(*CarQuery)) *PetQuery

WithCars tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "cars" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithFriends 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithFriends(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *PetQuery

WithFriends tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "friends" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PetQuery) WithOwner 

func (pq *PetQuery) WithOwner(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *PetQuery

WithOwner tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "owner" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PetSelect 

type PetSelect struct {
	*PetQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Pet entities.

func (*PetSelect) Bool 

func (s *PetSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PetSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Bools 

func (s *PetSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PetSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Float64 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PetSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Int 

func (s *PetSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) IntX 

func (s *PetSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Ints 

func (s *PetSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PetSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Scan 

func (ps *PetSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PetSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PetSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) String 

func (s *PetSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) StringX 

func (s *PetSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetSelect) Strings 

func (s *PetSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PetSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PetSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PetUpdate 

type PetUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpdate is the builder for updating Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdate) AddCarIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdate

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) AddCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdate

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdate) AddFriendIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdate

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) AddFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdate

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearBestFriend 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearBestFriend() *PetUpdate

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearCars() *PetUpdate

ClearCars clears all "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearFriends() *PetUpdate

ClearFriends clears all "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) ClearOwner 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ClearOwner() *PetUpdate

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdate) Exec 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpdate) ExecX 

func (pu *PetUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdate) Mutation 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveCarIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdate

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to Car entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveCars 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdate

RemoveCars removes "cars" edges to Car entities.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdate

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdate) RemoveFriends 

func (pu *PetUpdate) RemoveFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdate

RemoveFriends removes "friends" edges to Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdate) Save 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PetUpdate) SaveX 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdate) SetBestFriend 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetUpdate

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdate) SetBestFriendID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetUpdate

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdate) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetUpdate

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetUpdate

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdate) SetOwner 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetOwner(u *User) *PetUpdate

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdate) SetOwnerID 

func (pu *PetUpdate) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetUpdate

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdate) Where 

func (pu *PetUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Pet) *PetUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PetUpdate builder.

type PetUpdateOne 

type PetUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddCarIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdateOne

AddCarIDs adds the "cars" edge to the Car entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdateOne

AddCars adds the "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddFriendIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdateOne

AddFriendIDs adds the "friends" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) AddFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) AddFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdateOne

AddFriends adds the "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearBestFriend 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearBestFriend() *PetUpdateOne

ClearBestFriend clears the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearCars() *PetUpdateOne

ClearCars clears all "cars" edges to the Car entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearFriends() *PetUpdateOne

ClearFriends clears all "friends" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ClearOwner 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ClearOwner() *PetUpdateOne

ClearOwner clears the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Exec 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Mutation() *PetMutation

Mutation returns the PetMutation object of the builder.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveCarIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveCarIDs(ids ...int) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveCarIDs removes the "cars" edge to Car entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveCars 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveCars(c ...*Car) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveCars removes "cars" edges to Car entities.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriendIDs 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriendIDs(ids ...string) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveFriendIDs removes the "friends" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriends 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) RemoveFriends(p ...*Pet) *PetUpdateOne

RemoveFriends removes "friends" edges to Pet entities.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Save 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Pet, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Pet

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpdateOne) Select 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PetUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriend 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriend(p *Pet) *PetUpdateOne

SetBestFriend sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriendID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetBestFriendID(id string) *PetUpdateOne

SetBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetNillableBestFriendID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetNillableBestFriendID(id *string) *PetUpdateOne

SetNillableBestFriendID sets the "best_friend" edge to the Pet entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetNillableOwnerID(id *int) *PetUpdateOne

SetNillableOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetOwner 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetOwner(u *User) *PetUpdateOne

SetOwner sets the "owner" edge to the User entity.

func (*PetUpdateOne) SetOwnerID 

func (puo *PetUpdateOne) SetOwnerID(id int) *PetUpdateOne

SetOwnerID sets the "owner" edge to the User entity by ID.

type PetUpsert 

type PetUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PetUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type PetUpsertBulk 

type PetUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Pet nodes.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PetUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PetUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PetUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PetUpsert)) *PetUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PetCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PetUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PetUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PetUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(pet.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type PetUpsertOne 

type PetUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PetUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Pet node.

func (*PetUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PetUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PetUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PetUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id string, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PetUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) string

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PetUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Ignore() *PetUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PetUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PetUpsert)) *PetUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PetCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PetUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PetUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PetUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Pet.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(pet.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Pets 

type Pets []*Pet

Pets is a parsable slice of Pet.

type Policy 

type Policy = ent.Policy

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Query 

type Query = ent.Query

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type RollbackFunc 

type RollbackFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The RollbackFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Rollbacker. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, RollbackFunc(f) is a Rollbacker that calls f.

func (RollbackFunc) Rollback 

func (f RollbackFunc) Rollback(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Rollback calls f(ctx, m).

type RollbackHook 

type RollbackHook func(Rollbacker) Rollbacker

RollbackHook defines the "rollback middleware". A function that gets a Rollbacker and returns a Rollbacker. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Rollbacker) ent.Rollbacker {
	return ent.RollbackFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Rollback(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Rollbacker 

type Rollbacker interface {
	Rollback(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Rollbacker is the interface that wraps the Rollback method.

type Session 

type Session struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID schema.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SessionQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SessionEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Session is the model entity for the Session schema.

func (*Session) QueryDevice 

func (s *Session) QueryDevice() *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice queries the "device" edge of the Session entity.

func (*Session) String 

func (s *Session) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Session) Unwrap 

func (s *Session) Unwrap() *Session

Unwrap unwraps the Session entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Session) Update 

func (s *Session) Update() *SessionUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Session. Note that you need to call Session.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Session was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type SessionClient 

type SessionClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionClient is a client for the Session schema.

func NewSessionClient 

func NewSessionClient(c config) *SessionClient

NewSessionClient returns a client for the Session from the given config.

func (*SessionClient) Create 

func (c *SessionClient) Create() *SessionCreate

Create returns a create builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *SessionClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SessionCreate) *SessionCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Session entities.

func (*SessionClient) Delete 

func (c *SessionClient) Delete() *SessionDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *SessionClient) DeleteOne(s *Session) *SessionDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*SessionClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *SessionClient) DeleteOneID(id schema.ID) *SessionDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*SessionClient) Get 

func (c *SessionClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) (*Session, error)

Get returns a Session entity by its id.

func (*SessionClient) GetX 

func (c *SessionClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id schema.ID) *Session

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionClient) Hooks 

func (c *SessionClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SessionClient) Query 

func (c *SessionClient) Query() *SessionQuery

Query returns a query builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) QueryDevice 

func (c *SessionClient) QueryDevice(s *Session) *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice queries the device edge of a Session.

func (*SessionClient) Update 

func (c *SessionClient) Update() *SessionUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Session.

func (*SessionClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *SessionClient) UpdateOne(s *Session) *SessionUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SessionClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *SessionClient) UpdateOneID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SessionClient) Use 

func (c *SessionClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `session.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SessionCreate 

type SessionCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionCreate is the builder for creating a Session entity.

func (*SessionCreate) Exec 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionCreate) ExecX 

func (sc *SessionCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionCreate) Mutation 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionCreate) OnConflict 

func (sc *SessionCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SessionUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (sc *SessionCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SessionUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreate) Save 

func (sc *SessionCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Save creates the Session in the database.

func (*SessionCreate) SaveX 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Session

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SessionCreate) SetDevice 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionCreate

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionCreate) SetDeviceID 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionCreate) SetID 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetID(s schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*SessionCreate) SetNillableDeviceID 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*SessionCreate) SetNillableID 

func (sc *SessionCreate) SetNillableID(s *schema.ID) *SessionCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type SessionCreateBulk 

type SessionCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Session entities in bulk.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) Exec 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SessionUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Session.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SessionUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionCreateBulk) Save 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Session, error)

Save creates the Session entities in the database.

func (*SessionCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (scb *SessionCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Session

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionDelete 

type SessionDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionDelete is the builder for deleting a Session entity.

func (*SessionDelete) Exec 

func (sd *SessionDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SessionDelete) ExecX 

func (sd *SessionDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionDelete) Where 

func (sd *SessionDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionDelete builder.

type SessionDeleteOne 

type SessionDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Session entity.

func (*SessionDeleteOne) Exec 

func (sdo *SessionDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SessionDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (sdo *SessionDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionEdges 

type SessionEdges struct {
	// Device holds the value of the device edge.
	Device *Device `json:"device,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SessionEdges) DeviceOrErr 

func (e SessionEdges) DeviceOrErr() (*Device, error)

DeviceOrErr returns the Device value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type SessionFilter 

type SessionFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for SessionQuery.

func (*SessionFilter) Where 

func (f *SessionFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*SessionFilter) WhereHasDevice 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereHasDevice()

WhereHasDevice applies a predicate to check if query has an edge device.

func (*SessionFilter) WhereHasDeviceWith 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereHasDeviceWith(preds ...predicate.Device)

WhereHasDeviceWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge device with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*SessionFilter) WhereID 

func (f *SessionFilter) WhereID(p entql.BytesP)

WhereID applies the entql []byte predicate on the id field.

type SessionGroupBy 

type SessionGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionGroupBy is the group-by builder for Session entities.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (sgb *SessionGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SessionGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Int 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Scan 

func (sgb *SessionGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SessionGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) String 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *SessionGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionMutation 

type SessionMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionMutation represents an operation that mutates the Session nodes in the graph.

func (*SessionMutation) AddField 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedField 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *SessionMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearDevice 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearDevice()

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearField 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *SessionMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SessionMutation) Client 

func (m SessionMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceCleared 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceCleared() bool

DeviceCleared reports if the "device" edge to the Device entity was cleared.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceID 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

DeviceID returns the "device" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) DeviceIDs 

func (m *SessionMutation) DeviceIDs() (ids []schema.ID)

DeviceIDs returns the "device" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use DeviceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*SessionMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *SessionMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) Field 

func (m *SessionMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *SessionMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) Fields 

func (m *SessionMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SessionMutation) Filter 

func (m *SessionMutation) Filter() *SessionFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the SessionMutation builder.

func (*SessionMutation) ID 

func (m *SessionMutation) ID() (id schema.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SessionMutation) IDs 

func (m *SessionMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) OldField 

func (m *SessionMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SessionMutation) Op 

func (m *SessionMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SessionMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *SessionMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *SessionMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetDevice 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetDevice()

ResetDevice resets all changes to the "device" edge.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) ResetField 

func (m *SessionMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SessionMutation) SetDeviceID 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID)

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by id.

func (*SessionMutation) SetField 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SessionMutation) SetID 

func (m *SessionMutation) SetID(id schema.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Session entities.

func (SessionMutation) Tx 

func (m SessionMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SessionMutation) Type 

func (m *SessionMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Session).

func (*SessionMutation) Where 

func (m *SessionMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Session)

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionMutation builder.

type SessionQuery 

type SessionQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionQuery is the builder for querying Session entities.

func (*SessionQuery) All 

func (sq *SessionQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Session, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Sessions.

func (*SessionQuery) AllX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Session

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Clone 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Clone() *SessionQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SessionQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SessionQuery) Count 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SessionQuery) CountX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Exist 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SessionQuery) ExistX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Filter 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Filter() *SessionFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the SessionQuery builder.

func (*SessionQuery) First 

func (sq *SessionQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

First returns the first Session entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session was found.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstID 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Session ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session ID was found.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstIDX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) FirstX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Session

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) GroupBy 

func (sq *SessionQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SessionGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*SessionQuery) IDs 

func (sq *SessionQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]schema.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Session IDs.

func (*SessionQuery) IDsX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []schema.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Limit 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Limit(limit int) *SessionQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) Offset 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Offset(offset int) *SessionQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) Only 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Only returns a single Session entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Session entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Session entities are found.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyID 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Session ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Session ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) OnlyX 

func (sq *SessionQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Session

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionQuery) Order 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *SessionQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*SessionQuery) QueryDevice 

func (sq *SessionQuery) QueryDevice() *DeviceQuery

QueryDevice chains the current query on the "device" edge.

func (*SessionQuery) Select 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SessionSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*SessionQuery) Unique 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SessionQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SessionQuery) Where 

func (sq *SessionQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SessionQuery builder.

func (*SessionQuery) WithDevice 

func (sq *SessionQuery) WithDevice(opts ...func(*DeviceQuery)) *SessionQuery

WithDevice tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "device" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SessionSelect 

type SessionSelect struct {
	*SessionQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Session entities.

func (*SessionSelect) Bool 

func (s *SessionSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) BoolX 

func (s *SessionSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Bools 

func (s *SessionSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *SessionSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64X 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64s 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *SessionSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Int 

func (s *SessionSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) IntX 

func (s *SessionSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Ints 

func (s *SessionSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) IntsX 

func (s *SessionSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Scan 

func (ss *SessionSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SessionSelect) ScanX 

func (s *SessionSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) String 

func (s *SessionSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) StringX 

func (s *SessionSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionSelect) Strings 

func (s *SessionSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SessionSelect) StringsX 

func (s *SessionSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SessionUpdate 

type SessionUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpdate is the builder for updating Session entities.

func (*SessionUpdate) ClearDevice 

func (su *SessionUpdate) ClearDevice() *SessionUpdate

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdate) Exec 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpdate) ExecX 

func (su *SessionUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdate) Mutation 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionUpdate) Save 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SessionUpdate) SaveX 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetDevice 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionUpdate

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetDeviceID 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdate

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionUpdate) SetNillableDeviceID 

func (su *SessionUpdate) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionUpdate

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*SessionUpdate) Where 

func (su *SessionUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Session) *SessionUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SessionUpdate builder.

type SessionUpdateOne 

type SessionUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Session entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) ClearDevice 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) ClearDevice() *SessionUpdateOne

ClearDevice clears the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Exec 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Mutation() *SessionMutation

Mutation returns the SessionMutation object of the builder.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Save 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Session, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Session entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Session

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) Select 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SessionUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetDevice 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetDevice(d *Device) *SessionUpdateOne

SetDevice sets the "device" edge to the Device entity.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetDeviceID 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetDeviceID(id schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

SetDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID.

func (*SessionUpdateOne) SetNillableDeviceID 

func (suo *SessionUpdateOne) SetNillableDeviceID(id *schema.ID) *SessionUpdateOne

SetNillableDeviceID sets the "device" edge to the Device entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

type SessionUpsert 

type SessionUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SessionUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type SessionUpsertBulk 

type SessionUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Session nodes.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SessionUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SessionUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SessionUpsert)) *SessionUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SessionCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SessionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SessionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SessionUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(session.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type SessionUpsertOne 

type SessionUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SessionUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Session node.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SessionUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id schema.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) schema.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Ignore() *SessionUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SessionUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SessionUpsert)) *SessionUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SessionCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SessionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SessionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SessionUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Session.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(session.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Sessions 

type Sessions []*Session

Sessions is a parsable slice of Session.

type Token 

type Token struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID sid.ID `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Body holds the value of the "body" field.
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the TokenQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges TokenEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Token is the model entity for the Token schema.

func (*Token) QueryAccount 

func (t *Token) QueryAccount() *AccountQuery

QueryAccount queries the "account" edge of the Token entity.

func (*Token) String 

func (t *Token) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Token) Unwrap 

func (t *Token) Unwrap() *Token

Unwrap unwraps the Token entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Token) Update 

func (t *Token) Update() *TokenUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Token. Note that you need to call Token.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Token was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type TokenClient 

type TokenClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenClient is a client for the Token schema.

func NewTokenClient 

func NewTokenClient(c config) *TokenClient

NewTokenClient returns a client for the Token from the given config.

func (*TokenClient) Create 

func (c *TokenClient) Create() *TokenCreate

Create returns a create builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *TokenClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*TokenCreate) *TokenCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Token entities.

func (*TokenClient) Delete 

func (c *TokenClient) Delete() *TokenDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *TokenClient) DeleteOne(t *Token) *TokenDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*TokenClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *TokenClient) DeleteOneID(id sid.ID) *TokenDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*TokenClient) Get 

func (c *TokenClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) (*Token, error)

Get returns a Token entity by its id.

func (*TokenClient) GetX 

func (c *TokenClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id sid.ID) *Token

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenClient) Hooks 

func (c *TokenClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*TokenClient) Query 

func (c *TokenClient) Query() *TokenQuery

Query returns a query builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) QueryAccount 

func (c *TokenClient) QueryAccount(t *Token) *AccountQuery

QueryAccount queries the account edge of a Token.

func (*TokenClient) Update 

func (c *TokenClient) Update() *TokenUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Token.

func (*TokenClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *TokenClient) UpdateOne(t *Token) *TokenUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*TokenClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *TokenClient) UpdateOneID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*TokenClient) Use 

func (c *TokenClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `token.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type TokenCreate 

type TokenCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenCreate is the builder for creating a Token entity.

func (*TokenCreate) Exec 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenCreate) ExecX 

func (tc *TokenCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenCreate) Mutation 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenCreate) OnConflict 

func (tc *TokenCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *TokenUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Token.Create().
	SetBody(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.TokenUpsert) {
		SetBody(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (tc *TokenCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *TokenUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreate) Save 

func (tc *TokenCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Save creates the Token in the database.

func (*TokenCreate) SaveX 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Token

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*TokenCreate) SetAccount 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenCreate

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenCreate) SetAccountID 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenCreate) SetBody 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetBody(s string) *TokenCreate

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenCreate) SetID 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetID(s sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*TokenCreate) SetNillableID 

func (tc *TokenCreate) SetNillableID(s *sid.ID) *TokenCreate

SetNillableID sets the "id" field if the given value is not nil.

type TokenCreateBulk 

type TokenCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Token entities in bulk.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) Exec 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *TokenUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Token.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.TokenUpsert) {
		SetBody(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *TokenUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenCreateBulk) Save 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Token, error)

Save creates the Token entities in the database.

func (*TokenCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (tcb *TokenCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Token

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenDelete 

type TokenDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenDelete is the builder for deleting a Token entity.

func (*TokenDelete) Exec 

func (td *TokenDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*TokenDelete) ExecX 

func (td *TokenDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenDelete) Where 

func (td *TokenDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenDelete builder.

type TokenDeleteOne 

type TokenDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Token entity.

func (*TokenDeleteOne) Exec 

func (tdo *TokenDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*TokenDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (tdo *TokenDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenEdges 

type TokenEdges struct {
	// Account holds the value of the account edge.
	Account *Account `json:"account,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (TokenEdges) AccountOrErr 

func (e TokenEdges) AccountOrErr() (*Account, error)

AccountOrErr returns the Account value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type TokenFilter 

type TokenFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for TokenQuery.

func (*TokenFilter) Where 

func (f *TokenFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereBody 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereBody(p entql.StringP)

WhereBody applies the entql string predicate on the body field.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereHasAccount 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereHasAccount()

WhereHasAccount applies a predicate to check if query has an edge account.

func (*TokenFilter) WhereHasAccountWith 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereHasAccountWith(preds ...predicate.Account)

WhereHasAccountWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge account with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*TokenFilter) WhereID 

func (f *TokenFilter) WhereID(p entql.OtherP)

WhereID applies the entql other predicate on the id field.

type TokenGroupBy 

type TokenGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenGroupBy is the group-by builder for Token entities.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (tgb *TokenGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *TokenGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Int 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Scan 

func (tgb *TokenGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*TokenGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) String 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *TokenGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenMutation 

type TokenMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenMutation represents an operation that mutates the Token nodes in the graph.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountCleared 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountCleared() bool

AccountCleared reports if the "account" edge to the Account entity was cleared.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountID 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

AccountID returns the "account" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AccountIDs 

func (m *TokenMutation) AccountIDs() (ids []sid.ID)

AccountIDs returns the "account" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AccountID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*TokenMutation) AddField 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedField 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *TokenMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Body 

func (m *TokenMutation) Body() (r string, exists bool)

Body returns the value of the "body" field in the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearAccount 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearAccount()

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearField 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *TokenMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (TokenMutation) Client 

func (m TokenMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*TokenMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *TokenMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Field 

func (m *TokenMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *TokenMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) Fields 

func (m *TokenMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*TokenMutation) Filter 

func (m *TokenMutation) Filter() *TokenFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the TokenMutation builder.

func (*TokenMutation) ID 

func (m *TokenMutation) ID() (id sid.ID, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*TokenMutation) IDs 

func (m *TokenMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) OldBody 

func (m *TokenMutation) OldBody(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldBody returns the old "body" field's value of the Token entity. If the Token object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*TokenMutation) OldField 

func (m *TokenMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*TokenMutation) Op 

func (m *TokenMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*TokenMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *TokenMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *TokenMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetAccount 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetAccount()

ResetAccount resets all changes to the "account" edge.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetBody 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetBody()

ResetBody resets all changes to the "body" field.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) ResetField 

func (m *TokenMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*TokenMutation) SetAccountID 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetAccountID(id sid.ID)

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by id.

func (*TokenMutation) SetBody 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetBody(s string)

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenMutation) SetField 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*TokenMutation) SetID 

func (m *TokenMutation) SetID(id sid.ID)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of Token entities.

func (TokenMutation) Tx 

func (m TokenMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*TokenMutation) Type 

func (m *TokenMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Token).

func (*TokenMutation) Where 

func (m *TokenMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Token)

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenMutation builder.

type TokenQuery 

type TokenQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenQuery is the builder for querying Token entities.

func (*TokenQuery) All 

func (tq *TokenQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Token, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Tokens.

func (*TokenQuery) AllX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Token

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Clone 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Clone() *TokenQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the TokenQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*TokenQuery) Count 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*TokenQuery) CountX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Exist 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*TokenQuery) ExistX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Filter 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Filter() *TokenFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the TokenQuery builder.

func (*TokenQuery) First 

func (tq *TokenQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

First returns the first Token entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token was found.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstID 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

FirstID returns the first Token ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token ID was found.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstIDX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) FirstX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Token

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) GroupBy 

func (tq *TokenQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *TokenGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Token.Query().
	GroupBy(token.FieldBody).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*TokenQuery) IDs 

func (tq *TokenQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]sid.ID, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Token IDs.

func (*TokenQuery) IDsX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []sid.ID

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Limit 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Limit(limit int) *TokenQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) Offset 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Offset(offset int) *TokenQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) Only 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Only returns a single Token entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Token entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Token entities are found.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyID 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Token ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Token ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) OnlyX 

func (tq *TokenQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Token

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenQuery) Order 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *TokenQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*TokenQuery) QueryAccount 

func (tq *TokenQuery) QueryAccount() *AccountQuery

QueryAccount chains the current query on the "account" edge.

func (*TokenQuery) Select 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Select(fields ...string) *TokenSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Body string `json:"body,omitempty"`
}

client.Token.Query().
	Select(token.FieldBody).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*TokenQuery) Unique 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Unique(unique bool) *TokenQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*TokenQuery) Where 

func (tq *TokenQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the TokenQuery builder.

func (*TokenQuery) WithAccount 

func (tq *TokenQuery) WithAccount(opts ...func(*AccountQuery)) *TokenQuery

WithAccount tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "account" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type TokenSelect 

type TokenSelect struct {
	*TokenQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Token entities.

func (*TokenSelect) Bool 

func (s *TokenSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) BoolX 

func (s *TokenSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Bools 

func (s *TokenSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *TokenSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64X 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64s 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *TokenSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Int 

func (s *TokenSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) IntX 

func (s *TokenSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Ints 

func (s *TokenSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) IntsX 

func (s *TokenSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Scan 

func (ts *TokenSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*TokenSelect) ScanX 

func (s *TokenSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) String 

func (s *TokenSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) StringX 

func (s *TokenSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenSelect) Strings 

func (s *TokenSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*TokenSelect) StringsX 

func (s *TokenSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type TokenUpdate 

type TokenUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpdate is the builder for updating Token entities.

func (*TokenUpdate) ClearAccount 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) ClearAccount() *TokenUpdate

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdate) Exec 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpdate) ExecX 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdate) Mutation 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenUpdate) Save 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*TokenUpdate) SaveX 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetAccount 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenUpdate

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetAccountID 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdate

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenUpdate) SetBody 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) SetBody(s string) *TokenUpdate

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpdate) Where 

func (tu *TokenUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Token) *TokenUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the TokenUpdate builder.

type TokenUpdateOne 

type TokenUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Token entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) ClearAccount 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) ClearAccount() *TokenUpdateOne

ClearAccount clears the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Exec 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Mutation() *TokenMutation

Mutation returns the TokenMutation object of the builder.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Save 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Token, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Token entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Token

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) Select 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *TokenUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetAccount 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetAccount(a *Account) *TokenUpdateOne

SetAccount sets the "account" edge to the Account entity.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetAccountID 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetAccountID(id sid.ID) *TokenUpdateOne

SetAccountID sets the "account" edge to the Account entity by ID.

func (*TokenUpdateOne) SetBody 

func (tuo *TokenUpdateOne) SetBody(s string) *TokenUpdateOne

SetBody sets the "body" field.

type TokenUpsert 

type TokenUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

TokenUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*TokenUpsert) SetBody 

func (u *TokenUpsert) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsert

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsert) UpdateBody 

func (u *TokenUpsert) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsert

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

type TokenUpsertBulk 

type TokenUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Token nodes.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *TokenUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Ignore() *TokenUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) SetBody 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsertBulk

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*TokenUpsert)) *TokenUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the TokenCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateBody 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsertBulk

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *TokenUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *TokenUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(token.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type TokenUpsertOne 

type TokenUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TokenUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Token node.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) DoNothing() *TokenUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id sid.ID, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) sid.ID

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Ignore() *TokenUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*TokenUpsertOne) SetBody 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) SetBody(v string) *TokenUpsertOne

SetBody sets the "body" field.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) Update(set func(*TokenUpsert)) *TokenUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the TokenCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) UpdateBody 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) UpdateBody() *TokenUpsertOne

UpdateBody sets the "body" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*TokenUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *TokenUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *TokenUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Token.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(token.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Tokens 

type Tokens []*Token

Tokens is a parsable slice of Token.

type Tx 

type Tx struct {

	// Account is the client for interacting with the Account builders.
	Account *AccountClient
	// Blob is the client for interacting with the Blob builders.
	Blob *BlobClient
	// Car is the client for interacting with the Car builders.
	Car *CarClient
	// Device is the client for interacting with the Device builders.
	Device *DeviceClient
	// Doc is the client for interacting with the Doc builders.
	Doc *DocClient
	// Group is the client for interacting with the Group builders.
	Group *GroupClient
	// MixinID is the client for interacting with the MixinID builders.
	MixinID *MixinIDClient
	// Note is the client for interacting with the Note builders.
	Note *NoteClient
	// Other is the client for interacting with the Other builders.
	Other *OtherClient
	// Pet is the client for interacting with the Pet builders.
	Pet *PetClient
	// Session is the client for interacting with the Session builders.
	Session *SessionClient
	// Token is the client for interacting with the Token builders.
	Token *TokenClient
	// User is the client for interacting with the User builders.
	User *UserClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tx is a transactional client that is created by calling Client.Tx().

func TxFromContext 

func TxFromContext(ctx context.Context) *Tx

TxFromContext returns a Tx stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func (*Tx) Client 

func (tx *Tx) Client() *Client

Client returns a Client that binds to current transaction.

func (*Tx) Commit 

func (tx *Tx) Commit() error

Commit commits the transaction.

func (*Tx) OnCommit 

func (tx *Tx) OnCommit(f CommitHook)

OnCommit adds a hook to call on commit.

func (*Tx) OnRollback 

func (tx *Tx) OnRollback(f RollbackHook)

OnRollback adds a hook to call on rollback.

func (*Tx) Rollback 

func (tx *Tx) Rollback() error

Rollback rollbacks the transaction.

type User 

type User struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the UserQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges UserEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

User is the model entity for the User schema.

func (*User) QueryChildren 

func (u *User) QueryChildren() *UserQuery

QueryChildren queries the "children" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryGroups 

func (u *User) QueryGroups() *GroupQuery

QueryGroups queries the "groups" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryParent 

func (u *User) QueryParent() *UserQuery

QueryParent queries the "parent" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) QueryPets 

func (u *User) QueryPets() *PetQuery

QueryPets queries the "pets" edge of the User entity.

func (*User) String 

func (u *User) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*User) Unwrap 

func (u *User) Unwrap() *User

Unwrap unwraps the User entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*User) Update 

func (u *User) Update() *UserUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this User. Note that you need to call User.Unwrap() before calling this method if this User was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type UserClient 

type UserClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserClient is a client for the User schema.

func NewUserClient 

func NewUserClient(c config) *UserClient

NewUserClient returns a client for the User from the given config.

func (*UserClient) Create 

func (c *UserClient) Create() *UserCreate

Create returns a create builder for User.

func (*UserClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *UserClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*UserCreate) *UserCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of User entities.

func (*UserClient) Delete 

func (c *UserClient) Delete() *UserDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for User.

func (*UserClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *UserClient) DeleteOne(u *User) *UserDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a delete builder for the given entity.

func (*UserClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *UserClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *UserDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a delete builder for the given id.

func (*UserClient) Get 

func (c *UserClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*User, error)

Get returns a User entity by its id.

func (*UserClient) GetX 

func (c *UserClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *User

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserClient) Hooks 

func (c *UserClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*UserClient) Query 

func (c *UserClient) Query() *UserQuery

Query returns a query builder for User.

func (*UserClient) QueryChildren 

func (c *UserClient) QueryChildren(u *User) *UserQuery

QueryChildren queries the children edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryGroups 

func (c *UserClient) QueryGroups(u *User) *GroupQuery

QueryGroups queries the groups edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryParent 

func (c *UserClient) QueryParent(u *User) *UserQuery

QueryParent queries the parent edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) QueryPets 

func (c *UserClient) QueryPets(u *User) *PetQuery

QueryPets queries the pets edge of a User.

func (*UserClient) Update 

func (c *UserClient) Update() *UserUpdate

Update returns an update builder for User.

func (*UserClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *UserClient) UpdateOne(u *User) *UserUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*UserClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *UserClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *UserUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*UserClient) Use 

func (c *UserClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `user.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type UserCreate 

type UserCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserCreate is the builder for creating a User entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddChildIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserCreate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddChildren 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserCreate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddGroupIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserCreate

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddGroups 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserCreate

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserCreate) AddPetIDs 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserCreate

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserCreate) AddPets 

func (uc *UserCreate) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserCreate

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserCreate) Exec 

func (uc *UserCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserCreate) ExecX 

func (uc *UserCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserCreate) Mutation 

func (uc *UserCreate) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserCreate) OnConflict 

func (uc *UserCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *UserUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (uc *UserCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *UserUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreate) Save 

func (uc *UserCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Save creates the User in the database.

func (*UserCreate) SaveX 

func (uc *UserCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *User

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*UserCreate) SetID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetID(i int) *UserCreate

SetID sets the "id" field.

func (*UserCreate) SetNillableParentID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserCreate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserCreate) SetParent 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetParent(u *User) *UserCreate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserCreate) SetParentID 

func (uc *UserCreate) SetParentID(id int) *UserCreate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

type UserCreateBulk 

type UserCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserCreateBulk is the builder for creating many User entities in bulk.

func (*UserCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *UserUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.User.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *UserUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserCreateBulk) Save 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*User, error)

Save creates the User entities in the database.

func (*UserCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ucb *UserCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*User

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserDelete 

type UserDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserDelete is the builder for deleting a User entity.

func (*UserDelete) Exec 

func (ud *UserDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*UserDelete) ExecX 

func (ud *UserDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserDelete) Where 

func (ud *UserDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the UserDelete builder.

type UserDeleteOne 

type UserDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single User entity.

func (*UserDeleteOne) Exec 

func (udo *UserDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*UserDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (udo *UserDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserEdges 

type UserEdges struct {
	// Groups holds the value of the groups edge.
	Groups []*Group `json:"groups,omitempty"`
	// Parent holds the value of the parent edge.
	Parent *User `json:"parent,omitempty"`
	// Children holds the value of the children edge.
	Children []*User `json:"children,omitempty"`
	// Pets holds the value of the pets edge.
	Pets []*Pet `json:"pets,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (UserEdges) ChildrenOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) ChildrenOrErr() ([]*User, error)

ChildrenOrErr returns the Children value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (UserEdges) GroupsOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) GroupsOrErr() ([]*Group, error)

GroupsOrErr returns the Groups value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (UserEdges) ParentOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) ParentOrErr() (*User, error)

ParentOrErr returns the Parent value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (UserEdges) PetsOrErr 

func (e UserEdges) PetsOrErr() ([]*Pet, error)

PetsOrErr returns the Pets value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type UserFilter 

type UserFilter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserFilter provides a generic filtering capability at runtime for UserQuery.

func (*UserFilter) Where 

func (f *UserFilter) Where(p entql.P)

Where applies the entql predicate on the query filter.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasChildren 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasChildren()

WhereHasChildren applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasChildrenWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasChildrenWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge children with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasGroups 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasGroups()

WhereHasGroups applies a predicate to check if query has an edge groups.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasGroupsWith 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasGroupsWith(preds ...predicate.Group)

WhereHasGroupsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge groups with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasParent 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasParent()

WhereHasParent applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasParentWith 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasParentWith(preds ...predicate.User)

WhereHasParentWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge parent with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasPets 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasPets()

WhereHasPets applies a predicate to check if query has an edge pets.

func (*UserFilter) WhereHasPetsWith 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereHasPetsWith(preds ...predicate.Pet)

WhereHasPetsWith applies a predicate to check if query has an edge pets with a given conditions (other predicates).

func (*UserFilter) WhereID 

func (f *UserFilter) WhereID(p entql.IntP)

WhereID applies the entql int predicate on the id field.

type UserGroupBy 

type UserGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserGroupBy is the group-by builder for User entities.

func (*UserGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ugb *UserGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *UserGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*UserGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Int 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Scan 

func (ugb *UserGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the group-by query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*UserGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) String 

func (s *UserGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *UserGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *UserGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserMutation 

type UserMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserMutation represents an operation that mutates the User nodes in the graph.

func (*UserMutation) AddChildIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddChildIDs(ids ...int)

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddField 

func (m *UserMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*UserMutation) AddGroupIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int)

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddPetIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddPetIDs(ids ...string)

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by ids.

func (*UserMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) AddedField 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ChildrenCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) ChildrenCleared() bool

ChildrenCleared reports if the "children" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) ChildrenIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) ChildrenIDs() (ids []int)

ChildrenIDs returns the "children" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ClearChildren 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearChildren()

ClearChildren clears the "children" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ClearField 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ClearGroups 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearGroups()

ClearGroups clears the "groups" edge to the Group entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearParent 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearParent()

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearPets 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearPets()

ClearPets clears the "pets" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*UserMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *UserMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (UserMutation) Client 

func (m UserMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*UserMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) Field 

func (m *UserMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) Fields 

func (m *UserMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*UserMutation) Filter 

func (m *UserMutation) Filter() *UserFilter

Filter returns an entql.Where implementation to apply filters on the UserMutation builder.

func (*UserMutation) GroupsCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) GroupsCleared() bool

GroupsCleared reports if the "groups" edge to the Group entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) GroupsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) GroupsIDs() (ids []int)

GroupsIDs returns the "groups" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ID 

func (m *UserMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*UserMutation) IDs 

func (m *UserMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) OldField 

func (m *UserMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*UserMutation) Op 

func (m *UserMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*UserMutation) ParentCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentCleared() bool

ParentCleared reports if the "parent" edge to the User entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) ParentID 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentID() (id int, exists bool)

ParentID returns the "parent" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) ParentIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) ParentIDs() (ids []int)

ParentIDs returns the "parent" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ParentID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*UserMutation) PetsCleared 

func (m *UserMutation) PetsCleared() bool

PetsCleared reports if the "pets" edge to the Pet entity was cleared.

func (*UserMutation) PetsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) PetsIDs() (ids []string)

PetsIDs returns the "pets" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemoveChildIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemovePetIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string)

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedChildrenIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedChildren returns the removed IDs of the "children" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedGroupsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedGroupsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedGroups returns the removed IDs of the "groups" edge to the Group entity.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*UserMutation) RemovedPetsIDs 

func (m *UserMutation) RemovedPetsIDs() (ids []string)

RemovedPets returns the removed IDs of the "pets" edge to the Pet entity.

func (*UserMutation) ResetChildren 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetChildren()

ResetChildren resets all changes to the "children" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ResetField 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*UserMutation) ResetGroups 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetGroups()

ResetGroups resets all changes to the "groups" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetParent 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetParent()

ResetParent resets all changes to the "parent" edge.

func (*UserMutation) ResetPets 

func (m *UserMutation) ResetPets()

ResetPets resets all changes to the "pets" edge.

func (*UserMutation) SetField 

func (m *UserMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*UserMutation) SetID 

func (m *UserMutation) SetID(id int)

SetID sets the value of the id field. Note that this operation is only accepted on creation of User entities.

func (*UserMutation) SetParentID 

func (m *UserMutation) SetParentID(id int)

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by id.

func (UserMutation) Tx 

func (m UserMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*UserMutation) Type 

func (m *UserMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (User).

func (*UserMutation) Where 

func (m *UserMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.User)

Where appends a list predicates to the UserMutation builder.

type UserQuery 

type UserQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserQuery is the builder for querying User entities.

func (*UserQuery) All 

func (uq *UserQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*User, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Users.

func (*UserQuery) AllX 

func (uq *UserQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*User

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Clone 

func (uq *UserQuery) Clone() *UserQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the UserQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*UserQuery) Count 

func (uq *UserQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*UserQuery) CountX 

func (uq *UserQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Exist 

func (uq *UserQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*UserQuery) ExistX 

func (uq *UserQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Filter 

func (uq *UserQuery) Filter() *UserFilter

Filter returns a Filter implementation to apply filters on the UserQuery builder.

func (*UserQuery) First 

func (uq *UserQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

First returns the first User entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User was found.

func (*UserQuery) FirstID 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first User ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User ID was found.

func (*UserQuery) FirstIDX 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) FirstX 

func (uq *UserQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *User

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) GroupBy 

func (uq *UserQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *UserGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

func (*UserQuery) IDs 

func (uq *UserQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of User IDs.

func (*UserQuery) IDsX 

func (uq *UserQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Limit 

func (uq *UserQuery) Limit(limit int) *UserQuery

Limit adds a limit step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) Offset 

func (uq *UserQuery) Offset(offset int) *UserQuery

Offset adds an offset step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) Only 

func (uq *UserQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Only returns a single User entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one User entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no User entities are found.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyID 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only User ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one User ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) OnlyX 

func (uq *UserQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *User

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserQuery) Order 

func (uq *UserQuery) Order(o ...OrderFunc) *UserQuery

Order adds an order step to the query.

func (*UserQuery) QueryChildren 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryChildren() *UserQuery

QueryChildren chains the current query on the "children" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryGroups 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryGroups() *GroupQuery

QueryGroups chains the current query on the "groups" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryParent 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryParent() *UserQuery

QueryParent chains the current query on the "parent" edge.

func (*UserQuery) QueryPets 

func (uq *UserQuery) QueryPets() *PetQuery

QueryPets chains the current query on the "pets" edge.

func (*UserQuery) Select 

func (uq *UserQuery) Select(fields ...string) *UserSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

func (*UserQuery) Unique 

func (uq *UserQuery) Unique(unique bool) *UserQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*UserQuery) Where 

func (uq *UserQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the UserQuery builder.

func (*UserQuery) WithChildren 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithChildren(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *UserQuery

WithChildren tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "children" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithGroups 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithGroups(opts ...func(*GroupQuery)) *UserQuery

WithGroups tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "groups" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithParent 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithParent(opts ...func(*UserQuery)) *UserQuery

WithParent tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "parent" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*UserQuery) WithPets 

func (uq *UserQuery) WithPets(opts ...func(*PetQuery)) *UserQuery

WithPets tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "pets" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type UserSelect 

type UserSelect struct {
	*UserQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserSelect is the builder for selecting fields of User entities.

func (*UserSelect) Bool 

func (s *UserSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) BoolX 

func (s *UserSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Bools 

func (s *UserSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *UserSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Float64 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) Float64X 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Float64s 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *UserSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Int 

func (s *UserSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) IntX 

func (s *UserSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Ints 

func (s *UserSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) IntsX 

func (s *UserSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Scan 

func (us *UserSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v interface{}) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*UserSelect) ScanX 

func (s *UserSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v interface{})

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) String 

func (s *UserSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) StringX 

func (s *UserSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserSelect) Strings 

func (s *UserSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*UserSelect) StringsX 

func (s *UserSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type UserUpdate 

type UserUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpdate is the builder for updating User entities.

func (*UserUpdate) AddChildIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdate

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) AddGroupIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdate

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdate) AddPetIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdate

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) AddPets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdate

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearChildren() *UserUpdate

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearGroups() *UserUpdate

ClearGroups clears all "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearParent 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearParent() *UserUpdate

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) ClearPets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ClearPets() *UserUpdate

ClearPets clears all "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdate) Exec 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpdate) ExecX 

func (uu *UserUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdate) Mutation 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveChildIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveChildren 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdate

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to User entities.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdate

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to Group entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemoveGroups 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemoveGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdate

RemoveGroups removes "groups" edges to Group entities.

func (*UserUpdate) RemovePetIDs 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdate

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdate) RemovePets 

func (uu *UserUpdate) RemovePets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdate

RemovePets removes "pets" edges to Pet entities.

func (*UserUpdate) Save 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*UserUpdate) SaveX 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdate) SetNillableParentID 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserUpdate

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserUpdate) SetParent 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetParent(u *User) *UserUpdate

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdate) SetParentID 

func (uu *UserUpdate) SetParentID(id int) *UserUpdate

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

func (*UserUpdate) Where 

func (uu *UserUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.User) *UserUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the UserUpdate builder.

type UserUpdateOne 

type UserUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddChildIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

AddChildIDs adds the "children" edge to the User entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdateOne

AddChildren adds the "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddGroupIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

AddGroupIDs adds the "groups" edge to the Group entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdateOne

AddGroups adds the "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddPetIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddPetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdateOne

AddPetIDs adds the "pets" edge to the Pet entity by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) AddPets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) AddPets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdateOne

AddPets adds the "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearChildren() *UserUpdateOne

ClearChildren clears all "children" edges to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearGroups() *UserUpdateOne

ClearGroups clears all "groups" edges to the Group entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearParent 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearParent() *UserUpdateOne

ClearParent clears the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ClearPets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ClearPets() *UserUpdateOne

ClearPets clears all "pets" edges to the Pet entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Exec 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Mutation() *UserMutation

Mutation returns the UserMutation object of the builder.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveChildIDs removes the "children" edge to User entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildren 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveChildren(u ...*User) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveChildren removes "children" edges to User entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroupIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroupIDs(ids ...int) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveGroupIDs removes the "groups" edge to Group entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroups 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemoveGroups(g ...*Group) *UserUpdateOne

RemoveGroups removes "groups" edges to Group entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemovePetIDs 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemovePetIDs(ids ...string) *UserUpdateOne

RemovePetIDs removes the "pets" edge to Pet entities by IDs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) RemovePets 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) RemovePets(p ...*Pet) *UserUpdateOne

RemovePets removes "pets" edges to Pet entities.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Save 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*User, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *User

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpdateOne) Select 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *UserUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetNillableParentID(id *int) *UserUpdateOne

SetNillableParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetParent 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetParent(u *User) *UserUpdateOne

SetParent sets the "parent" edge to the User entity.

func (*UserUpdateOne) SetParentID 

func (uuo *UserUpdateOne) SetParentID(id int) *UserUpdateOne

SetParentID sets the "parent" edge to the User entity by ID.

type UserUpsert 

type UserUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

UserUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type UserUpsertBulk 

type UserUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of User nodes.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *UserUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Ignore() *UserUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*UserUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*UserUpsert)) *UserUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the UserCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*UserUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *UserUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *UserUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(user.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type UserUpsertOne 

type UserUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one User node.

func (*UserUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) DoNothing() *UserUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*UserUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*UserUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*UserUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*UserUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Ignore() *UserUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*UserUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) Update(set func(*UserUpsert)) *UserUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the UserCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*UserUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *UserUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *UserUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create except the ID field. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.User.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
		sql.ResolveWith(func(u *sql.UpdateSet) {
			u.SetIgnore(user.FieldID)
		}),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Users 

type Users []*User

Users is a parsable slice of User.

type ValidationError 

type ValidationError struct {
	Name string // Field or edge name.
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ValidationError returns when validating a field or edge fails.

func (*ValidationError) Error 

func (e *ValidationError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ValidationError) Unwrap 

func (e *ValidationError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Value 

type Value = ent.Value

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.